jlink: add capability dumper and command
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{flyswatter}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @end itemize
376
377 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
378
379 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
380 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
381 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
382 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
383 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
384
385 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
386 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
387 (see the section on driver commands).
388
389 @itemize
390 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
391 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
392 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
394 @end itemize
395
396 @section USB JLINK based
397 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
398 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
399 AT91SAM764 internally.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
403 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
404 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
405 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
406 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
408 @end itemize
409
410 @section USB RLINK based
411 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
412
413 @itemize @bullet
414 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
415 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
416 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
417 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
418 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
420 @end itemize
421
422 @section USB Other
423 @itemize @bullet
424 @item @b{USBprog}
425 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
426
427 @item @b{USB - Presto}
428 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
429
430 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
432
433 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
435
436 @item @b{Buspirate}
437 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
438 @end itemize
439
440 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
441
442 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
443 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
444 these on the market.
445
446 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
447 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
448 of USB-based ones.
449
450 @itemize @bullet
451
452 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
453 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
454
455 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
456 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
457 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
458
459 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
461
462 @item @b{GW16402}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
464
465 @item @b{Wiggler2}
466 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
467 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
468
469 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
470 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
471
472 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
473 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
474
475 @item @b{arm-jtag}
476 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
477
478 @item @b{chameleon}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
480
481 @item @b{Triton}
482 @* Unknown.
483
484 @item @b{Lattice}
485 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
486 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
487
488 @item @b{flashlink}
489 @* From ST Microsystems;
490 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
491 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
492
493 @end itemize
494
495 @section Other...
496 @itemize @bullet
497
498 @item @b{ep93xx}
499 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
500
501 @item @b{at91rm9200}
502 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
503
504 @end itemize
505
506 @node About Jim-Tcl
507 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
508 @cindex Jim-Tcl
509 @cindex tcl
510
511 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
512 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
513 command interpreter.
514
515 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
516 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
517 much of anything about Tcl.
518 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
519
520 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
521 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
522 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
523 OpenOCD mailing list.
524
525 @itemize @bullet
526 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
527 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
528 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
529 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
530 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
531 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
532
533 @item @b{Missing Features}
534 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
535 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
536 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
537 enabled in OpenOCD.
538
539 @item @b{Scripts}
540 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
541 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
542 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
543
544 @item @b{Commands}
545 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
546 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
547 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
548 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
549
550 @item @b{Historical Note}
551 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
552 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
553 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
554 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
555
556 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
557 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
558 @end itemize
559
560 @node Running
561 @chapter Running
562 @cindex command line options
563 @cindex logfile
564 @cindex directory search
565
566 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
567 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
568 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
569 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
570 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
571
572 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
573 tell it how each debug session should work.
574 The @option{--help} option shows:
575 @verbatim
576 bash$ openocd --help
577
578 --help | -h display this help
579 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
580 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
581 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
582 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
583 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
584 --command | -c run <command>
585 @end verbatim
586
587 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
588 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
589 To specify one or more different
590 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
591
592 @example
593 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
594 @end example
595
596 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
597 @enumerate
598 @item the current directory,
599 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
600 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
601 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
602 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
603 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
604 @end enumerate
605 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
606
607 @quotation Note
608 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
609 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
610 @end quotation
611
612 @section Simple setup, no customization
613
614 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
615 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
616 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
617 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
618 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
619
620 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
621 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
622 the server like:
623
624 @example
625 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
626 @end example
627
628 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
629 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
630 If all goes well you'll see output something like
631
632 @example
633 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
634 For bug reports, read
635 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
636 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
637 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
638 @end example
639
640 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
641 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
642 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
643
644 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
645
646 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
647 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
648 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
649 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
650 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
651 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
652 ensure that this always succeeds.
653 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
654 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
655 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
656 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
657
658 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
659 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
660 those channels.
661
662 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
663 the @option{-d} option.
664
665 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
666 @option{-c} command line switch.
667
668 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
669 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
670 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
671 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
672 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
673 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
674 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
675
676 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
677 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
678
679 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
680
681 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
682 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
683 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
684 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
685
686 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
687 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
688
689 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
690 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
691 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
692 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
693 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
694 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
695 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
696
697 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
698
699 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
700 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
701 and a USB cable on the other.
702 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
703 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
704
705 @enumerate
706 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
707 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
708 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
709 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
710 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
711 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
712 debugging host.
713
714 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
715 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
716 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
717 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
718 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
719
720 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
721 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
722 with 1.2 Volt boards.
723
724 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
725 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
726 ways to connect the cable.
727 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
728 Be sure it's firmly connected.
729
730 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
731 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
732 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
733 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
734 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
735 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
736 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
737 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
738
739 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
740 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
741 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
742 but are tedious to set up.
743 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
744 adapter signals to the right board pins.
745
746 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
747 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
748 you are using to run OpenOCD.
749 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
750
751 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
752 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
753 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
754
755 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
756 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
757 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
758
759 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
760 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
761 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
762 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
763
764 @end enumerate
765
766 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
767 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
768 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
769
770 @section Project Directory
771
772 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
773
774 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
775 single directory for your work with a given board.
776 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
777 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
778 files accessed through semihosting,
779 and for code you upload to the target board.
780 It is also the natural place to write files,
781 such as log files and data you download from the board.
782
783 @section Configuration Basics
784
785 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
786 a variety of ways you can mix them.
787 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
788
789 @itemize
790 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
791 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
792 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
793 @end itemize
794
795 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
796 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
797 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
798
799 @example
800 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
801
802 # GDB can also flash my flash!
803 gdb_memory_map enable
804 gdb_flash_program enable
805
806 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
807 @end example
808
809 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
810
811 @example
812 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
813 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
814 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
815 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
816 @end example
817
818 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
819 each supporting a different development task.
820 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
821 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
822
823 @quotation Important
824 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
825 problems with how it treats variables.
826 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
827 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
828 that can be tested in a later script.
829 @end quotation
830
831 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
832 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
833 to simplify your work.
834
835 @section User Config Files
836 @cindex config file, user
837 @cindex user config file
838 @cindex config file, overview
839
840 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
841 in one place.
842 One of the following will match your situation best:
843
844 @itemize
845 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
846 provided by someone else.
847 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
848 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
849 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
850 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
851 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
852 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
853
854 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
855 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
856
857 @enumerate
858 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
859 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
860 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
861 @end enumerate
862
863 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
864 The first is an interface config file.
865 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
866 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
867 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
868 meet your deadline:
869
870 @example
871 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
872 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
873 @end example
874
875 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
876 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
877 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
878 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
879
880 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
881 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
882 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
883 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
884 target and board
885 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
886 @xref{Autoprobing}.
887
888 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
889 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
890 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
891 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
892
893 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
894 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
895 giving access to your particular flash chips.
896 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
897 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
898
899 @quotation Note
900 When you write new configuration files, please submit
901 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
902 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
903 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
904 will help support users of any board using that chip.
905 @end quotation
906
907 @item
908 You may may need to write some C code.
909 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
910 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
911 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
912 a new chip architecture.
913 @end itemize
914
915 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
916 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
917 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
918
919 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
920 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
921 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
922 @itemize
923
924 @item
925 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
926 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
927 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
928 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
929
930 @item
931 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
932 @cindex vector_catch
933 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
934 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
935 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
936 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
937 along with messaging and tracing setup.
938 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
939
940 @item
941 You might need to override some defaults.
942 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
943 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
944
945 @item
946 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
947 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
948 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
949 @end itemize
950
951 @section Project-Specific Utilities
952
953 A few project-specific utility
954 routines may well speed up your work.
955 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
956
957 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
958 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
959 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
960 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
961 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
962 may help:
963
964 @example
965 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
966 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
967 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
968 # Leave the CPU halted.
969 reset init
970
971 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
972 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
973
974 # Start running.
975 resume 0x20000000
976 @}
977 @end example
978
979 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
980 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
981 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
982 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
983 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
984
985 @example
986 proc newboot @{ @} @{
987 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
988 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
989 # "reset halt" would be slower.
990 reset init
991
992 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
993 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
994 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
995 flash protect 0 0 1 off
996 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
997 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
998 flash protect 0 0 1 on
999
1000 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1001 reset run
1002 @}
1003 @end example
1004
1005 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1006 from NAND.
1007 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1008 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1009 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1010
1011 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1012 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1013
1014 @section Target Software Changes
1015
1016 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1017 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1018 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1019 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1020 handling issues like:
1021
1022 @itemize @bullet
1023
1024 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1025 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1026 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1027 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1028 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1029 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1030 your debug sessions.
1031
1032 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1033 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1034 That might however be your only option.
1035
1036 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1037 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1038 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1039 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1040 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1041 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1042 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1043 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1044 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1045 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1046 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1047 instead of the whole thing.
1048 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1049 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1050
1051 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1052 @cindex ARM semihosting
1053 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1054 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1055 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1056 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1057 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1058 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1059 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1060 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1061 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1062 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1063 NAND or SPI flash.
1064
1065 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1066 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1067 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1068 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1069 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1070
1071 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1072 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1073 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1074 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1075 registers which can be used to change various features including
1076 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1077 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1078 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1079 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1080 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1081
1082 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1083 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1084 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1085 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1086 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1087
1088 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1089 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1090 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1091 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1092 early code execution can be debugged
1093 or firmware can be replaced.
1094
1095 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1096 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1097 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1098 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1099 operations like writing to memory.)
1100
1101 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1102 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1103 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1104 various kinds of message.
1105 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1106
1107 @end itemize
1108
1109 @section Target Hardware Setup
1110
1111 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1112 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1113 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1114 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1115 working with.}
1116
1117 Common issues include:
1118
1119 @itemize @bullet
1120
1121 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1122 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1123 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1124 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1125 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1126 or one from a daughtercard).
1127 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1128 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1129
1130 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1131 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1132 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1133 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1134 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1135 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1136
1137 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1138 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1139 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1140 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1141 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1142
1143
1144 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1145 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1146 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1147 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1148 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1149 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1150 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1151
1152 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1153 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1154 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1155 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1156 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1157
1158 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1159 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1160 used to start booting.
1161
1162 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1163 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1164 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1165 multiple audio codec chips).
1166 This interacts with software
1167 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1168 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1169 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1170 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1171 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1172 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1173 audio or video codecs are used.
1174
1175 @end itemize
1176
1177 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1178 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1179 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1180 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1181 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1182 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1183 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1184 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1185 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1186 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1187
1188
1189 @node Config File Guidelines
1190 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1191
1192 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1193 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1194 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1195 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1196
1197 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1198 with files including the ones listed here.
1199 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1200 @itemize @bullet
1201 @item @file{interface} ...
1202 These are for debug adapters.
1203 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1204 @example
1205 $ ls interface
1206 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1207 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1208 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1209 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1210 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1211 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1212 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1213 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1214 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1215 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1216 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1217 $
1218 @end example
1219 @item @file{board} ...
1220 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1221 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1222 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1223 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1224 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1225 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1226 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1227 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1228 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1229 a CPU and an FPGA.
1230 @example
1231 $ ls board
1232 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1233 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1234 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1235 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1236 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1237 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1238 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1239 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1240 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1241 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1242 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1243 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1244 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1245 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1246 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1247 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1248 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1249 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1250 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1251 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1252 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1253 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1254 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1255 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1256 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1257 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1258 $
1259 @end example
1260 @item @file{target} ...
1261 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1262 on a chip
1263 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1264 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1265 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1266 the target config file defines all of them.
1267 @example
1268 $ ls target
1269 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1270 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1271 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1272 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1273 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1274 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1275 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1276 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1277 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1278 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1279 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1280 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1281 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1282 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1283 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1284 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1285 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1286 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1287 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1288 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1289 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1290 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1291 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1292 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1293 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1294 $
1295 @end example
1296 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1297 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1298 @end itemize
1299
1300 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1301 file may override features in any of the above files by
1302 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1303 commands specific to their situation.
1304
1305 @section Interface Config Files
1306
1307 The user config file
1308 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1309
1310 @example
1311 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1312 @end example
1313
1314 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1315 in use today with OpenOCD.
1316 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1317 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1318
1319 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1320 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1321 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's GUide)
1322 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1323 and need to provide a driver for it.
1324
1325 @section Board Config Files
1326 @cindex config file, board
1327 @cindex board config file
1328
1329 The user config file
1330 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1331
1332 @example
1333 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1334 @end example
1335
1336 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1337 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1338 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1339
1340 @enumerate
1341 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1342 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1343 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1344 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1345 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1346 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1347 @end enumerate
1348
1349 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1350 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1351 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1352 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1353
1354 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1355 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1356 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1357 configuration works.
1358
1359 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1360
1361 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1362 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1363 convention on how to use certain variables.
1364
1365 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1366 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1367 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1368 used at will within a target configuration file.
1369
1370 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1371 for a board with three chips:
1372
1373 @example
1374 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1375 set CHIPNAME network
1376 set ENDIAN big
1377 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1378 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1379 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1380 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1381
1382 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1383 set CHIPNAME video
1384 set ENDIAN little
1385 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1386 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1387 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1388 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1389
1390 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1391 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1392 unset ENDIAN
1393 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1394 @end example
1395
1396 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1397 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1398 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1399 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1400 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1401 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1402 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1403 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1404
1405 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1406 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1407 naming collisions.
1408
1409 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1410 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1411 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1412 up other clocks and peripherals.
1413
1414 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1415 @cindex variable names
1416
1417 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1418 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1419 one such chip (as shown above).
1420 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1421 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1422 to promote consistency and
1423 so that board files can override target defaults.
1424
1425 Inputs to target config files include:
1426
1427 @itemize @bullet
1428 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1429 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1430 tap identifier dotted names.
1431 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1432 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1433 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1434 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1435 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1436 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1437 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1438 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1439 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1440 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1441 @end itemize
1442
1443 Outputs from target config files include:
1444
1445 @itemize @bullet
1446 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1447 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1448 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1449 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1450 specific to that board and that target.
1451 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1452 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1453 @end itemize
1454
1455 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1456 @cindex event, reset-init
1457 @cindex reset-init handler
1458
1459 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1460 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1461 fully set up yet.
1462 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1463 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1464 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1465 handler is one of the most important.
1466
1467 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1468 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1469 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1470 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1471 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1472
1473 @quotation Note
1474 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1475 are included here.
1476 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1477 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1478 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1479 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1480 @end quotation
1481
1482 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1483 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1484 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1485 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1486 those as parameters.
1487 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1488 and disabling the watchdog.
1489 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1490 the next developer doing such work.
1491 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1492
1493 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1494 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1495 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1496 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1497
1498 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1499
1500 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1501 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1502 a low JTAG clock rate.
1503 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1504 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1505 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1506 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1507 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1508 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1509 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1510
1511 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1512 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1513 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1514 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1515 which might be less than that.
1516
1517 @quotation Warning
1518 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1519 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1520 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1521 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1522 @end quotation
1523
1524 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1525 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1526 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1527 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1528 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1529 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1530
1531 @section Target Config Files
1532 @cindex config file, target
1533 @cindex target config file
1534
1535 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1536 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1537 more target config files like this:
1538
1539 @example
1540 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1541 @end example
1542
1543 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1544 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1545 In summary the target files should contain
1546
1547 @enumerate
1548 @item Set defaults
1549 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1550 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1551 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1552 @item On-Chip flash
1553 @end enumerate
1554
1555 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1556 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1557 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1558
1559 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1560 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1561 can talk to the chip.
1562 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1563 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1564 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1565 and other processing engines.
1566
1567 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1568
1569 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1570 letting board config files express environment-specific
1571 differences in how things should be set up.
1572
1573 @example
1574 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1575 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1576 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1577 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1578 @} else @{
1579 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1580 @}
1581
1582 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1583 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1584 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1585 @} else @{
1586 set _ENDIAN little
1587 @}
1588
1589 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1590 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1591 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1592 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1593 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1594 @} else @{
1595 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1596 @}
1597 @end example
1598 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1599
1600 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1601 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1602 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1603
1604 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1605 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1606 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1607
1608 @example
1609 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1610 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1611 @end example
1612
1613 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1614 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1615 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1616 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1617 for taps.
1618
1619 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1620 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1621 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1622 looks (in part) like this:
1623
1624 @example
1625 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1626 @end example
1627
1628 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1629 to source such a config file twice, with different
1630 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1631 it adds a different TAP each time.
1632
1633 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1634 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1635 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1636 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1637
1638 @example
1639 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1640 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1641 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1642 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1643 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1644 @end example
1645
1646 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1647 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1648
1649 @itemize
1650 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1651 plus a JRC to enable them
1652 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1653 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1654 is not currently used)
1655 @end itemize
1656
1657 @subsection Add CPU targets
1658
1659 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1660 GDB and other commands can use it.
1661 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1662 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1663 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1664 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1665
1666 @example
1667 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1668 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1669 @end example
1670
1671 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1672 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1673 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1674 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1675 a work area if you can.
1676 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1677
1678 @example
1679 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1680 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1681 @end example
1682
1683 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1684
1685 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1686 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1687 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1688
1689 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1690 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1691 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1692 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1693 both signals.
1694
1695 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1696 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1697 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1698 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1699 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1700 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1701 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1702 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1703 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1704 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1705 not available.)
1706
1707 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1708 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1709 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1710 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1711 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1712 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1713 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1714 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1715
1716 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1717 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1718 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1719 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1720 slower clock than they will use later.
1721 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1722 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1723 than they will use later.
1724 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1725
1726 @quotation Important
1727 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1728 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1729 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1730 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1731 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1732 @end quotation
1733
1734 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1735
1736 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1737 special high speed download features - enable it.
1738
1739 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1740
1741 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1742 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1743 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1744 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1745 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1746 If you are using an external trace port,
1747 configure it in your board config file.
1748 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1749 configure it in your target config file.
1750
1751 @example
1752 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1753 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1754 @end example
1755
1756 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1757
1758 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1759
1760 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1761 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1762 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1763 the TARGET (chip) file.
1764
1765 Examples:
1766 @itemize @bullet
1767 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1768 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1769 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1770 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1771 @end itemize
1772
1773 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1774 @section Translating Configuration Files
1775 @cindex translation
1776 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1777 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1778 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1779 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1780 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1781 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1782
1783 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1784 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1785 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1786 convert other scripts later on.
1787
1788 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1789 replace job:
1790
1791 @example
1792 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1793 #
1794 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1795 #
1796 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1797 #
1798 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1799
1800 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1801 global TARGETNAME
1802
1803 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1804
1805 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1806 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1807 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1808 @}
1809 @end example
1810
1811
1812
1813 @node Daemon Configuration
1814 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1815 @cindex initialization
1816 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1817 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1818 supported.
1819
1820 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1821 @section Configuration Stage
1822 @cindex configuration stage
1823 @cindex config command
1824
1825 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1826 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1827 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1828 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1829 inside startup scripts.
1830
1831 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1832 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1833 which may be issued interactively.
1834 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1835 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1836
1837 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1838 flash banks,
1839 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1840 and other basic setup.
1841 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1842 may access or activate TAPs.
1843 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1844 longer be issued.
1845
1846 @section Entering the Run Stage
1847
1848 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1849 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1850 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1851 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1852 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1853 You should see no errors at this point.
1854 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1855 commands you used to configure the server.
1856 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1857 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1858 on the scan chain.
1859
1860 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1861 become available.
1862 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1863 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1864 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1865 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1866 entry to the run stage.
1867
1868 @deffn {Config Command} init
1869 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1870 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1871 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1872 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1873 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1874 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1875
1876 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1877 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1878 configuration files and/or command line options.
1879
1880 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1881 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1882 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1883 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1884 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1885 @end deffn
1886
1887 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1888 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1889 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1890
1891 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1892 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1893 scan chain.
1894 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1895 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1896
1897 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1898 they return.
1899 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1900 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1901 @end deffn
1902
1903 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1904 @section TCP/IP Ports
1905 @cindex TCP port
1906 @cindex server
1907 @cindex port
1908 @cindex security
1909 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1910 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1911 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1912
1913 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1914 access using one or more of these ports.
1915 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1916 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1917 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1918
1919 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1920 @cindex GDB server
1921 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
1922 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
1923 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
1924 the normal use cases.
1925
1926 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
1927 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
1928 disables the gdb server.
1929
1930 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
1931 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
1932
1933 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
1934 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
1935
1936 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
1937 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
1938 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
1939
1940 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
1941 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1942 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1943 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1944 @end deffn
1945
1946 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1947 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1948 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1949 output from the Tcl engine.
1950 Intended as a machine interface.
1951 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1952 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1953
1954 @end deffn
1955
1956 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1957 Specify or query the
1958 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1959 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1960 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1961 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1962 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1963 @end deffn
1964
1965 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1966 @section GDB Configuration
1967 @cindex GDB
1968 @cindex GDB configuration
1969 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1970 The ones listed here are static and global.
1971 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1972 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1973
1974 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1975 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1976 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1977 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1978 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1979 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1980 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1981 @end deffn
1982
1983 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1984 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1985 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1986 vFlash packet is received.
1987 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1988 @end deffn
1989
1990 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1991 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1992 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1993 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1994 for flash programming to work.
1995 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1996 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1997 @end deffn
1998
1999 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2000 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2001 by GDB memory read packets.
2002 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2003 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2004 @end deffn
2005
2006 @anchor{Event Polling}
2007 @section Event Polling
2008
2009 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2010 where significant events can happen at any time.
2011 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2012 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2013 or to GDB.
2014
2015 Examples of such events include:
2016
2017 @itemize
2018 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2019 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2020 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2021 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2022 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2023 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2024 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2025 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2026 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2027 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2028 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2029 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2030 @end itemize
2031
2032 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2033 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2034 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2035 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2036 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2037
2038 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2039 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2040 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2041 to the various active targets.
2042 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2043 which is normally done in the background.
2044
2045 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2046 Poll the current target for its current state.
2047 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2048 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2049 specific information about the current state is printed.
2050 An optional parameter
2051 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2052
2053 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2054 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2055 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2056 @example
2057 > poll
2058 background polling: on
2059 target state: halted
2060 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2061 current mode: Supervisor
2062 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2063 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2064 >
2065 @end example
2066 @end deffn
2067
2068 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2069 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2070 @cindex config file, interface
2071 @cindex interface config file
2072
2073 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2074 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2075 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2076
2077 @quotation Note
2078 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2079 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2080 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2081 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2082 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2083 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2084 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2085 @end quotation
2086
2087 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2088 through commands in an interface configuration
2089 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2090 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2091
2092 @example
2093 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2094 @end example
2095
2096 These commands tell
2097 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2098 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2099
2100 @example
2101 # jlink interface
2102 interface jlink
2103 @end example
2104
2105 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2106
2107
2108 @section Interface Configuration
2109
2110 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2111 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2112 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2113
2114 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2115 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2116 target.
2117 @end deffn
2118
2119 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2120 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2121 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2122 @end deffn
2123 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2124 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2125 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2126 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2127 the hardware can support.
2128 @end deffn
2129
2130
2131
2132 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2133 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2134 @end deffn
2135
2136 @section Interface Drivers
2137
2138 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2139 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2140 available at run time.
2141
2142 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2143 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2144 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2145 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2146
2147 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2148 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2149 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2150 @end deffn
2151
2152 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2153 Displays status of RTCK option.
2154 Optionally sets that option first.
2155 @end deffn
2156 @end deffn
2157
2158 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2159 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2160 This has one driver-specific command:
2161
2162 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2163 Logs some status
2164 @end deffn
2165 @end deffn
2166
2167 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2168 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2169 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2170 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2171 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2172 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2173 @end deffn
2174
2175 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2176 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2177 @end deffn
2178
2179 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2180 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2181 @end deffn
2182
2183 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2184 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2185 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2186 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2187
2188 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2189 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2190 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2191 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2192 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2193 @end deffn
2194
2195 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2196 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2197 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2198 is connected to the host.
2199 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2200 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2201 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2202 @end deffn
2203
2204 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2205 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2206 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2207 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2208 @itemize @minus
2209 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2210 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2211 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2212 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2213 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2214 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2215 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2216 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2217 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2218 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2219 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2220 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2221 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2222 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2223 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2224 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2225 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2226 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2227 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2228 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2229 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2230 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2231 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2232 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2233 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2234 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2235 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2236 @end itemize
2237 @end deffn
2238
2239 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2240 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2241 default values are used.
2242 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2243 @example
2244 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2245 @end example
2246 @end deffn
2247
2248 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2249 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2250 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2251 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2252 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2253 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2254 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2255 @end deffn
2256
2257 For example, the interface config file for a
2258 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2259
2260 @example
2261 interface ft2232
2262 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2263 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2264 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2265 @end example
2266 @end deffn
2267
2268 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2269 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2270 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2271 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2272
2273 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2274 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2275 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2276 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2277 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2278 @end deffn
2279
2280 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2281 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2282 default values are used.
2283 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2284 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2285 @example
2286 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2287 @end example
2288 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2289 @example
2290 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2291 @end example
2292 @end deffn
2293
2294 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2295 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2296 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2297 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2298
2299 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2300 @example
2301 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2302 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2303 @end example
2304 @end deffn
2305
2306 @end deffn
2307
2308 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2309 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2310 This has one driver-specific command:
2311
2312 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2313 Display either the address of the I/O port
2314 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2315 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2316 This is a write-once setting.
2317 @end deffn
2318 @end deffn
2319
2320 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2321 Segger jlink USB adapter
2322 @c command: jlink caps
2323 @c dumps jlink capabilities
2324 @c command: jlink info
2325 @c dumps status
2326 @c command: jlink hw_jtag (2|3)
2327 @c sets version 2 or 3
2328 @c command: jlink pid
2329 @c set the pid of the interface we want to use
2330 @end deffn
2331
2332 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2333 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2334 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2335 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2336 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2337
2338 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2339 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2340 This is a write-once setting.
2341 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2342
2343 @itemize @minus
2344 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2345 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2346 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2347 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2348 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2349 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2350 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2351 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2352 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2353 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2354 some versions of
2355 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2356 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2357 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2358 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2359 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2360 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2361 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2362 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2363 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2364 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2365 @end itemize
2366 @end deffn
2367
2368 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2369 Display either the address of the I/O port
2370 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2371 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2372 This is a write-once setting.
2373
2374 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2375 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2376 you may encounter a problem.
2377 @end deffn
2378
2379 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2380 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2381 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2382 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2383 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2384 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2385
2386 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2387 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2388 @quotation Tip
2389 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2390 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2391 @example
2392 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2393 > adapter_khz 500
2394 @end example
2395 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2396 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2397 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2398 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2399 large set of samples.
2400 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2401 @example
2402 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2403 @end example
2404 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2405 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2406
2407 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2408 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2409 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2410 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2411 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2412 @end quotation
2413 @end deffn
2414
2415 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2416 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2417 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2418 @end deffn
2419
2420 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2421 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2422
2423 @example
2424 interface parport
2425 parport_port 0x278
2426 parport_cable wiggler
2427 @end example
2428 @end deffn
2429
2430 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2431 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2432 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2433 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2434 @end deffn
2435 @end deffn
2436
2437 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2438 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2439 @end deffn
2440
2441 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2442 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2443 @end deffn
2444
2445 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2446 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2447
2448 @quotation Note
2449 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2450 which are not currently documented here.
2451 @end quotation
2452 @end deffn
2453
2454 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2455 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2456 @end deffn
2457
2458 @quotation Note
2459 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2460 which are not currently documented here.
2461 @end quotation
2462
2463 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2464 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2465 No arguments: print status.
2466 @end deffn
2467
2468 @section Transport Configuration
2469 @cindex Transport
2470 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2471 and the debug adapter you are using,
2472 several transports may be available to
2473 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2474 @deffn Command {transport list}
2475 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2476 version of OpenOCD.
2477 @end deffn
2478
2479 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2480 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2481 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2482 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2483 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2484 @end deffn
2485
2486 @subsection JTAG Transport
2487 @cindex JTAG
2488 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2489 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2490 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2491 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2492 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2493 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2494 @subsection SWD Transport
2495 @cindex SWD
2496 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
2497 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2498 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2499 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2500 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2501 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2502 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2503 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
2504 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
2505 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
2506 expected to change.
2507 @end deffn
2508 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
2509 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
2510 Wire Control Register (WCR).
2511 No parameters: displays current settings.
2512 @end deffn
2513
2514 @subsection SPI Transport
2515 @cindex SPI
2516 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
2517 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2518 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2519 solution for flash programming.
2520
2521 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2522 @section JTAG Speed
2523 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2524 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2525 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2526 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2527 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2528 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2529 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2530 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2531 power management software that may be active.
2532
2533 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2534 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2535 target event handler.
2536 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2537 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2538 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2539 sets up those clocks).
2540 @xref{Target Events}.
2541 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2542 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2543 in the target config file.
2544 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2545 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2546 config file instead.
2547 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2548 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2549 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2550
2551 @example
2552 jtag_rclk 3000
2553 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2554 @end example
2555
2556 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2557 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2558 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2559 may not be the fastest solution.
2560
2561 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2562 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2563 which support adaptive clocking.
2564
2565 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2566 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2567 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2568 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2569 than the speed specified.
2570
2571 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2572 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2573 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2574 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2575
2576 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2577 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2578 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2579 JTAG clocking after setup.
2580 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2581 If the interface device can not
2582 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2583 @end deffn
2584
2585 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2586 @cindex adaptive clocking
2587 @cindex RTCK
2588 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2589 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2590 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2591 @example
2592 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2593 jtag_rclk 3000
2594 @end example
2595 @end defun
2596
2597 @node Reset Configuration
2598 @chapter Reset Configuration
2599 @cindex Reset Configuration
2600
2601 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2602 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2603 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2604 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2605 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2606 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2607 Please see the various board files for examples.
2608
2609 @quotation Note
2610 To maintainers and integrators:
2611 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2612 Normally the board configuration file
2613 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2614 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2615
2616 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2617 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2618 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2619 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2620 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2621 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2622 @end quotation
2623
2624 @section Types of Reset
2625
2626 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2627 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2628 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2629
2630 @itemize @bullet
2631 @item
2632 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2633 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2634 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2635 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2636 @item
2637 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2638 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2639 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2640 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2641 @item
2642 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2643 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2644 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2645 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2646 @item
2647 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2648 several other types of reset.
2649 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2650 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2651 There may be individual module resets.
2652 @end itemize
2653
2654 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2655 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2656 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2657 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2658 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2659 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2660 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2661 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2662 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2663
2664 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2665 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2666
2667 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2668 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2669 common issues are:
2670
2671 @itemize @bullet
2672
2673 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2674 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2675 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2676 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2677 when either of those signals is not connected.
2678 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2679 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2680 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
2681 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2682
2683 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2684 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2685 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2686 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2687
2688 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2689 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2690 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2691 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2692 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2693 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2694 hardware debouncing.
2695 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2696 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2697
2698 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2699 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2700 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2701 to use push/pull output drivers.
2702 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2703 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2704 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2705 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2706
2707 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2708 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2709 issues (not limited to errata).
2710 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2711 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2712 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2713 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2714 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2715 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2716 @end itemize
2717
2718 There can also be other issues.
2719 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2720 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2721 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2722 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2723 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2724 Agreement (NDA).
2725
2726 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2727 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2728 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2729
2730 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2731 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2732
2733 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2734
2735 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2736 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2737 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2738 allowing it to be deasserted.
2739 @end deffn
2740
2741 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2742 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2743 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2744 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2745 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2746 @end deffn
2747
2748 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2749 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2750 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2751 allowing it to be deasserted.
2752 @end deffn
2753
2754 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2755 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2756 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2757 @end deffn
2758
2759 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2760 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2761 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2762 configuration scripts.
2763
2764 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2765 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2766 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2767 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2768 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2769 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2770 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2771 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2772
2773 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2774 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2775 @var{gates},
2776 @var{trst_type},
2777 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2778 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2779 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2780 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2781 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2782 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2783
2784 @itemize
2785 @item
2786 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2787 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2788 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2789 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2790 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2791
2792 @quotation Tip
2793 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2794 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2795 @end quotation
2796
2797 @item
2798 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2799 signal implementations.
2800 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2801 indicating everything behaves normally.
2802 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2803 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2804 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2805 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2806 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2807 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2808 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2809
2810 @item
2811 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2812 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2813 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2814 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2815 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2816 while SRST is asserted.
2817 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2818 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2819 @end itemize
2820
2821 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2822 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2823 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2824 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2825 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2826
2827 @itemize
2828 @item
2829 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2830 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2831 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2832 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2833
2834 @item
2835 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2836 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2837 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2838 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2839 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2840 @end itemize
2841 @end deffn
2842
2843 @section Custom Reset Handling
2844 @cindex events
2845
2846 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2847 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2848 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2849 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2850 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2851 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2852
2853 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2854 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2855 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2856 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2857 want to reset everything at once.
2858
2859 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2860 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2861 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2862 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2863 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2864 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2865 needs special attention.
2866
2867 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2868 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2869 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2870 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2871 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2872 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2873 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2874 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2875
2876 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2877 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2878 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2879 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2880 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2881
2882 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2883 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2884 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2885 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2886 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2887 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2888 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2889 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2890 or potentially some other value.
2891
2892 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2893 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2894 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2895 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2896 (or their associated targets)
2897 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2898
2899 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2900 they return.
2901 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2902 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2903 @end deffn
2904
2905 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2906 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2907 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2908 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2909 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2910 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2911 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2912 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2913 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2914 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2915 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2916 @end deffn
2917
2918 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2919 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2920 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2921 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2922 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2923 @end deffn
2924
2925
2926 @node TAP Declaration
2927 @chapter TAP Declaration
2928 @cindex TAP declaration
2929 @cindex TAP configuration
2930
2931 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2932 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2933
2934 @itemize @bullet
2935 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2936 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2937 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2938 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2939 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2940 start running that code.
2941 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2942 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2943 and missing connections
2944 @end itemize
2945
2946 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2947 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2948 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2949 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2950 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2951
2952 @section Scan Chains
2953 @cindex scan chain
2954
2955 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2956 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2957 They also need to be added to
2958 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2959 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2960 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2961 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2962 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2963 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2964 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2965 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2966
2967 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2968 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2969 command, presented in the next chapter.
2970 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2971 debugging targets.)
2972 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2973
2974 @verbatim
2975 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2976 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2977 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2978 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2979 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2980 @end verbatim
2981
2982 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2983 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2984 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2985 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2986 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2987 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2988 until they are told to do so.
2989
2990 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2991 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2992 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2993 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2994
2995 @example
2996 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2997 @end example
2998
2999 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3000 by a given chip.
3001 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3002 and so forth.
3003 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3004 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3005 a single chip and between them.
3006 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3007
3008 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3009 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3010 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3011 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3012 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3013 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3014 includes commands something like this:
3015
3016 @example
3017 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3018 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3019 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3020 @end example
3021
3022 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3023 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3024 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3025
3026 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3027 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3028 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3029 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3030 @example
3031 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3032 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3033 @}
3034 @end example
3035 @end deffn
3036
3037 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3038 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3039 and their status.
3040 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3041 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3042 but systems with a JTAG router can
3043 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3044 @end deffn
3045
3046 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3047 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3048
3049 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3050 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3051
3052 @section TAP Names
3053 @cindex dotted name
3054
3055 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3056 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3057 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3058 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3059 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3060 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3061 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3062 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3063
3064 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3065 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3066 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3067
3068 @quotation Tip
3069 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3070 This feature is still present.
3071 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3072 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3073 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3074 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3075 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3076 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3077 @end quotation
3078
3079 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3080
3081 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3082 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3083 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3084 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3085 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3086
3087 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3088 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3089 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3090 overridable.
3091
3092 @cindex TAP naming convention
3093 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3094 and should follow this convention:
3095
3096 @itemize @bullet
3097 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3098 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3099 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3100 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3101 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3102 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3103 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3104 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3105 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3106 with a single TAP;
3107 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3108 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3109 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3110 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3111 @end itemize
3112
3113 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3114
3115 @itemize @bullet
3116 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3117 @*The length in bits of the
3118 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3119 @end itemize
3120
3121 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3122
3123 @itemize @bullet
3124 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3125 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3126 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3127 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3128 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3129 (the TAP is linked in).
3130 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3131 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3132 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3133 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3134 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3135 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3136 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3137 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3138 values that were found but not included in the list.
3139
3140 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3141 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3142 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3143 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3144 hardware to find these values.
3145 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3146 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3147 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3148 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3149 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3150 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3151 the various chip IDs.
3152 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3153 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3154 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3155 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3156 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3157 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3158 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3159 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3160 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3161 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3162 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3163 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3164 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3165 @end itemize
3166 @end deffn
3167
3168 @section Other TAP commands
3169
3170 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3171 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3172 At this writing this TAP attribute
3173 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3174 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3175 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3176 See the next section for information about the available events.
3177
3178 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3179 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3180 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3181 @end deffn
3182
3183 @anchor{TAP Events}
3184 @section TAP Events
3185 @cindex events
3186 @cindex TAP events
3187
3188 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3189 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3190 The other applies to debugger targets,
3191 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3192
3193 The TAP events currently defined are:
3194
3195 @itemize @bullet
3196 @item @b{post-reset}
3197 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3198 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3199 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3200 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3201 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3202
3203 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3204 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3205 of any particular target.
3206 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3207 @item @b{setup}
3208 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3209 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3210 @item @b{tap-disable}
3211 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3212 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3213 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3214 @item @b{tap-enable}
3215 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3216 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3217 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3218 @end itemize
3219
3220 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3221 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3222 contents to be accurate), you might:
3223
3224 @example
3225 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3226 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3227 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3228 @}
3229 @end example
3230
3231
3232 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3233 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3234 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3235 @cindex jrc
3236
3237 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3238 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3239 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3240 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3241 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3242
3243 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3244 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3245 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3246 be visible.
3247 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3248 ignores, such as:
3249
3250 @itemize
3251 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3252 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3253 TAPs receive new instructions.
3254 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3255 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3256 @end itemize
3257
3258 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3259 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3260 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3261 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3262
3263 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3264 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3265
3266 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3267 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3268 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3269 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3270 should define TAP event handlers using
3271 code that looks something like this:
3272
3273 @example
3274 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3275 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3276 @}
3277 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3278 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3279 @}
3280 @end example
3281
3282 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3283
3284 @example
3285 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3286 @end example
3287
3288 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3289 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3290 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3291 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3292
3293 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3294 If necessary, disables the tap
3295 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3296 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3297 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3298 and "0" if it is disabled.
3299 @end deffn
3300
3301 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3302 If necessary, enables the tap
3303 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3304 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3305 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3306 and "0" if it is disabled.
3307 @end deffn
3308
3309 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3310 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3311 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3312 and "0" if it is disabled.
3313
3314 @quotation Note
3315 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3316 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3317 @end quotation
3318 @end deffn
3319
3320 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3321 @section Autoprobing
3322 @cindex autoprobe
3323 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3324
3325 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3326 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3327 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3328 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3329
3330 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3331 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3332 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3333 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3334 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3335 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3336 right when they come out of reset).
3337
3338 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3339
3340 @example
3341 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3342 reset_config trst_and_srst
3343 jtag_rclk 8
3344 @end example
3345
3346 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3347 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3348
3349 @enumerate
3350 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3351 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3352 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3353 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3354 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3355 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3356 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3357 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3358 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3359 that is discovered.
3360 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3361 register, it will report it.
3362 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3363 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3364 @end enumerate
3365
3366 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3367 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3368 that's a bit more complex:
3369
3370 @example
3371 clock speed 8 kHz
3372 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3373 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3374 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3375 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3376 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3377 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3378 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3379 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3380 @end example
3381
3382 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3383 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3384 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3385 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3386 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3387 and so forth.
3388
3389 @node CPU Configuration
3390 @chapter CPU Configuration
3391 @cindex GDB target
3392
3393 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3394 You can also access these targets without GDB
3395 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3396 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3397 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3398 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3399
3400 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3401 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3402
3403 @section Target List
3404 @cindex target, current
3405 @cindex target, list
3406
3407 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3408 where each member has a name.
3409 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3410 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3411 (plural!) command.
3412 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3413 look like with more than one:
3414 @verbatim
3415 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3416 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3417 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3418 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3419 @end verbatim
3420
3421 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3422 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3423 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3424 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3425 space seen by that current target.
3426 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3427 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3428 are examples; and there are many more.
3429
3430 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3431
3432 @deffn Command {target count}
3433 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3434 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3435 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3436
3437 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3438 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3439 @example
3440 set c [target count]
3441 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3442 # Assuming you have created this function
3443 print_target_details $x
3444 @}
3445 @end example
3446 @end deffn
3447
3448 @deffn Command {target current}
3449 Returns the name of the current target.
3450 @end deffn
3451
3452 @deffn Command {target names}
3453 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3454 @example
3455 foreach t [target names] @{
3456 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3457 @}
3458 @end example
3459 @end deffn
3460
3461 @deffn Command {target number} number
3462 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3463 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3464
3465 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3466 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3467 @example
3468 set thename [target number $x]
3469 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3470 @end example
3471 @end deffn
3472
3473 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3474 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3475
3476 @deffn Command targets [name]
3477 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3478 command names are singular.}
3479
3480 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3481 targets in a user friendly form.
3482
3483 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3484 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3485 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3486 @end deffn
3487
3488 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3489 @cindex target type
3490 @cindex CPU type
3491 @cindex CPU variant
3492
3493 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3494 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3495 when calling @command{target create}.
3496 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3497 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3498 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3499 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3500 what core-specific commands may be available
3501 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3502 and more.
3503
3504 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3505 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3506 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3507 worked around in some chip versions.
3508
3509 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3510 since there's a command to list them.
3511 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3512 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3513
3514 @anchor{target types}
3515 @deffn Command {target types}
3516 Lists all supported target types.
3517 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3518
3519 @itemize @bullet
3520 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3521 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3522 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3523 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3524 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3525 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3526 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3527 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3528 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3529 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3530 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3531 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3532 @itemize @minus
3533 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3534 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3535 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3536 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3537 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3538 @end itemize
3539 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3540 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3541 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3542 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3543 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3544 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3545 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3546 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3547 There are several variants defined:
3548 @itemize @minus
3549 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3550 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3551 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3552 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3553 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3554 @end itemize
3555 @end itemize
3556 @end deffn
3557
3558 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3559 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3560 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3561 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3562 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3563 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3564 reflect design generations;
3565 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3566 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3567
3568 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3569 @section Target Configuration
3570
3571 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3572 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3573 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3574 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3575 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3576
3577 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3578 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3579 optional parts.
3580 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3581 command, created as part of target creation.
3582
3583 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3584 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3585 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3586 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3587 to be much more board-specific.
3588 The key steps you use might look something like this
3589
3590 @example
3591 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3592 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3593 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3594 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3595 @end example
3596
3597 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3598 on-chip SRAM.
3599 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3600 writes to target memory;
3601 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3602 GDB memory checksumming;
3603 and more.
3604
3605 @quotation Warning
3606 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3607 inaccessible when application code
3608 (such as an operating system)
3609 enables or disables the MMU.
3610 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3611 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3612 easy access to other addresses needed.
3613 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3614 @end quotation
3615
3616 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3617 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3618 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3619 controllers.
3620 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3621 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3622 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3623
3624 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3625 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3626 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3627 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3628 purposes including additional configuration.
3629
3630 @itemize @bullet
3631 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3632 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3633 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3634 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3635
3636 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3637 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3638 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3639 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3640 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3641 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3642 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3643 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3644
3645 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3646 @end itemize
3647 @end deffn
3648
3649 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3650 The options accepted by this command may also be
3651 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3652 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3653 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3654
3655 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3656 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3657 and changing its endianness or variant.
3658
3659 @itemize @bullet
3660
3661 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3662 used to access this target.
3663
3664 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3665 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3666
3667 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3668 @xref{Target Events}.
3669 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3670 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3671 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3672 same event name assigns only one handler.
3673
3674 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3675 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3676
3677 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3678 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3679 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3680 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3681 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3682 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3683 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3684
3685 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3686 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3687 or virtual address is being used.
3688
3689 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3690 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3691
3692 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3693 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3694 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3695 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3696 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3697
3698 @end itemize
3699 @end deffn
3700
3701 @section Other $target_name Commands
3702 @cindex object command
3703
3704 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3705 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3706
3707 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3708 Once a button is created a button
3709 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3710 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3711 configure it like this:
3712
3713 @example
3714 # Create
3715 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3716 # Modify
3717 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3718 # Query
3719 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3720 # Report
3721 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3722 @end example
3723
3724 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3725 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3726
3727 @example
3728 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3729 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3730 @end example
3731
3732 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3733
3734 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3735 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3736 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3737 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3738 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3739 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3740 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3741 They are not otherwise documented here.
3742 @end deffn
3743
3744 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3745 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3746 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3747 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3748 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3749 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3750 the target side uses raw memory.
3751
3752 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3753 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3754 The script orientation comes from working with data
3755 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3756 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3757 and neither store nor return those values.
3758
3759 @itemize
3760 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3761 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3762 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3763 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3764 @end itemize
3765 @end deffn
3766
3767 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3768 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3769 @command{$target_name configure}
3770 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3771 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3772 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3773 There are a few special cases:
3774
3775 @itemize @bullet
3776 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3777 event named @var{event_name}.
3778 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3779 two parameters.
3780 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3781 This is a special case because this is set using
3782 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3783 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3784 @end itemize
3785
3786 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3787 all the targets you might use something like this:
3788
3789 @example
3790 foreach name [target names] @{
3791 set y [$name cget -endian]
3792 set z [$name cget -type]
3793 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3794 $x $name $y $z]
3795 @}
3796 @end example
3797 @end deffn
3798
3799 @anchor{target curstate}
3800 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3801 Displays the current target state:
3802 @code{debug-running},
3803 @code{halted},
3804 @code{reset},
3805 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3806 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3807 @end deffn
3808
3809 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3810 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3811 currently associated with this target.
3812 @xref{Target Events}.
3813 @end deffn
3814
3815 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3816 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3817 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3818 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3819 @end deffn
3820
3821 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3822 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3823 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3824 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3825 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3826 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3827 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3828 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3829 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3830 @end deffn
3831
3832 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3833 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3834 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3835 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3836 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3837 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3838 @end deffn
3839
3840 @anchor{Target Events}
3841 @section Target Events
3842 @cindex target events
3843 @cindex events
3844 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3845 For example:
3846 @itemize @bullet
3847 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3848 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3849 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3850 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3851 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3852 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3853 to set up system clocks or
3854 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3855 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3856 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3857 @end itemize
3858
3859 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3860 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3861 @command{target create ... -event}.
3862
3863 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3864 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3865 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3866
3867 @example
3868 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3869 echo "Reset..."
3870 reset halt
3871 @}
3872 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3873 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3874 echo "Reset..."
3875 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
3876 reset init
3877 @}
3878 @end example
3879
3880 The following target events are defined:
3881
3882 @itemize @bullet
3883 @item @b{debug-halted}
3884 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3885 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3886 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3887 @item @b{early-halted}
3888 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3889 @ignore
3890 @item @b{examine-end}
3891 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3892 @item @b{examine-start}
3893 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3894 @end ignore
3895 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3896 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
3897 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
3898 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
3899 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
3900 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
3901 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3902 @* When GDB disconnects
3903 @item @b{gdb-end}
3904 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3905 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3906 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3907 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3908 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3909 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3910 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3911 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3912 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3913 @item @b{gdb-start}
3914 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3915 @item @b{halted}
3916 @* The target has halted
3917 @ignore
3918 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3919 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3920 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3921 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3922 @end ignore
3923 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3924 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3925 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3926 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3927 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3928 @item @b{reset-assert}
3929 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3930 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3931 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3932 it instead of asserting SRST.
3933 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3934 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3935 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3936 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3937 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3938 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3939 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3940 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3941 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3942 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3943 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3944 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3945 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3946 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3947 released on the scan chain.
3948 @item @b{reset-end}
3949 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3950 @ignore
3951 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3952 @* Currently not used
3953 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3954 @* Currently not used
3955 @end ignore
3956 @item @b{reset-init}
3957 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3958 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3959
3960 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3961 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3962 multiplexing, and so on.
3963 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3964 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3965 @item @b{reset-start}
3966 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3967 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3968
3969 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3970 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3971 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3972 @ignore
3973 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3974 @* Currently not used
3975 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3976 @* Currently not used
3977 @end ignore
3978 @item @b{resume-start}
3979 @* Before any target is resumed
3980 @item @b{resume-end}
3981 @* After all targets have resumed
3982 @item @b{resume-ok}
3983 @* Success
3984 @item @b{resumed}
3985 @* Target has resumed
3986 @end itemize
3987
3988
3989 @node Flash Commands
3990 @chapter Flash Commands
3991
3992 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3993 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3994 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3995 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3996 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3997 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3998 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3999 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4000 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4001
4002 Flash Steps:
4003 @enumerate
4004 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4005 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4006 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4007 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4008 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4009 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4010 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4011 @item GDB Flashing
4012 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4013 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4014 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4015 @end enumerate
4016
4017 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4018 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4019 so that it can't boot.
4020 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4021 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4022
4023 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4024 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4025 @cindex flash configuration
4026
4027 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4028 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4029 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4030 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4031 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4032 see the driver-specific documentation.
4033
4034 @itemize @bullet
4035 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4036 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4037 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4038 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4039 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4040 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4041 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4042 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4043 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4044 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4045 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4046 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4047 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4048 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4049 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4050 commands to the flash controller.
4051 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4052 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4053 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4054 for more information.
4055 @end itemize
4056 @quotation Note
4057 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4058 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4059 @end quotation
4060 @end deffn
4061
4062 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4063 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4064 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4065 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4066 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4067 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4068 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4069 @end deffn
4070
4071 @deffn Command {flash list}
4072 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4073 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4074 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4075 @end deffn
4076
4077 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4078 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4079 depends on the flash type.
4080 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4081 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4082 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4083 but most don't bother.
4084 @end deffn
4085
4086 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4087 @cindex flash erasing
4088 @cindex flash reading
4089 @cindex flash writing
4090 @cindex flash programming
4091
4092 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4093 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4094 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4095 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4096 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4097
4098 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4099 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4100 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4101 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4102 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4103
4104 @quotation Note
4105 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4106 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4107 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4108 back to a flash bank.
4109 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4110 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4111 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4112 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4113 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4114 @end quotation
4115
4116 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4117 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4118 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4119 disabled first.
4120 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4121 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4122 @xref{flash protect}.
4123
4124 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4125 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4126 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4127 up to and including @var{last}.
4128 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4129 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4130 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4131 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4132 @end deffn
4133
4134 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4135 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4136 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4137 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4138 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4139 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4140 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4141 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4142 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4143 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4144 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4145 before erase starts.
4146 @end deffn
4147
4148 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4149 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4150 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4151 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4152 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4153 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4154 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4155 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4156 before issuing this command.
4157 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4158 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4159 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4160 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4161 @end deffn
4162 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4163
4164 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4165 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4166 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4167 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4168 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4169 @end deffn
4170
4171 @anchor{flash write_image}
4172 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4173 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4174 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4175 to the base address for each section in the image.
4176 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4177 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4178 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4179 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4180 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4181 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4182 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4183 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4184 each image section.
4185
4186 @quotation Warning
4187 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4188 data you want to preserve.
4189 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4190 sections might be erased with no notice.
4191 @itemize
4192 @item
4193 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4194 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4195 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4196 @item
4197 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4198 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4199 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4200 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4201 @end itemize
4202 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4203 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4204 @end quotation
4205
4206 @end deffn
4207
4208 @section Other Flash commands
4209 @cindex flash protection
4210
4211 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4212 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4213 and display that status.
4214 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4215 @end deffn
4216
4217 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4218 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4219 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4220 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4221 and possibly stale information.
4222 @end deffn
4223
4224 @anchor{flash protect}
4225 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4226 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4227 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4228 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4229 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4230 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4231 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4232 @end deffn
4233
4234 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4235 @section Flash Driver List
4236 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4237 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4238 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4239
4240 @subsection External Flash
4241
4242 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4243 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4244 @cindex CFI
4245 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4246 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4247 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4248 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4249 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4250 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4251 configure a bus and its timings), or
4252 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4253 on the flash chip.
4254 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4255 speed up operation.
4256
4257 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4258
4259 @itemize
4260 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4261 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4262 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4263 @end itemize
4264
4265 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4266 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4267
4268 @example
4269 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4270 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4271 @end example
4272
4273 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4274 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4275 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4276
4277 @example
4278 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4279 @end example
4280
4281 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4282 @end deffn
4283
4284 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4285 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4286 @cindex SMI
4287 @cindex stmsmi
4288 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4289 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4290 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4291 SPI flash devices.
4292 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4293 flash devices can be connected.
4294
4295 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4296 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4297 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4298 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4299 the flash content.
4300
4301 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4302 to identify the memory bank.
4303 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4304 flash size, are detected automatically.
4305
4306 @example
4307 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4308 @end example
4309
4310 @end deffn
4311
4312 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4313
4314 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4315 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4316 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4317 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4318 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4319 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4320
4321 @example
4322 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4323 @end example
4324 @end deffn
4325
4326 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4327 @cindex at91sam3
4328 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4329 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4330 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4331 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4332 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4333 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4334 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4335 chips are confirmed.}
4336
4337 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4338 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4339 the following fixed locations:
4340
4341 @example
4342 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4343 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4344 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4345 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4346 @end example
4347
4348 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4349 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4350 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4351
4352 @itemize
4353 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4354 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4355 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4356 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4357 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4358 @end itemize
4359
4360 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4361
4362 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4363 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4364 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4365 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4366 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4367 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4368 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4369
4370 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4371 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4372 @end deffn
4373
4374 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4375 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4376 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4377 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4378 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4379 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4380 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4381 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4382 @end deffn
4383
4384 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4385 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4386 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4387 @end deffn
4388 @end deffn
4389
4390 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4391 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4392 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4393 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4394 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4395
4396 @example
4397 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4398 @end example
4399
4400 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4401 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4402
4403 @itemize
4404 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4405 @item @var{banks}
4406 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4407 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4408 @item @var{pages_size}
4409 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4410 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4411 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4412 @end itemize
4413
4414 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4415 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4416 will be autoconfigured.
4417 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4418
4419 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4420 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4421 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4422 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4423 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4424
4425 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4426 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4427 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4428 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4429 are not truly general purpose).
4430 @quotation Note
4431 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4432 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4433 @end quotation
4434 @end deffn
4435 @end deffn
4436
4437 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4438 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4439 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4440 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4441 @end deffn
4442
4443 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4444 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4445 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4446 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4447 and executed.
4448 @end deffn
4449
4450 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4451 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4452 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4453
4454 @quotation Note
4455 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4456 driver:
4457 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4458 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4459 @end quotation
4460
4461 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4462 which must appear in the following order:
4463
4464 @itemize
4465 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4466 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4467 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4468 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4469 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4470 at which the core is running
4471 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4472 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4473 @quotation Note
4474 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4475 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4476 However, if you do provide it,
4477 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4478 @end quotation
4479 @end itemize
4480
4481 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4482
4483 @example
4484 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4485 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4486 @end example
4487
4488 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4489 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4490 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4491 @end deffn
4492 @end deffn
4493
4494 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4495 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4496 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4497 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4498 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4499 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4500
4501 @example
4502 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4503 @end example
4504 @end deffn
4505
4506 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4507 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4508 from NXP.
4509
4510 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4511 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4512 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4513 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4514 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4515 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4516 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4517 you start the PLL.
4518
4519 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4520
4521 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4522 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4523 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4524
4525 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4526 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4527 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4528 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4529 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4530 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4531 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4532
4533 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4534 @example
4535 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4536 @end example
4537
4538 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4539 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4540 @code{flash banks} command.
4541
4542 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4543 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4544 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4545 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4546 a known signature.
4547 Example:
4548 @example
4549 lpc2900 signature 0
4550 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4551 @end example
4552 @end deffn
4553
4554 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4555 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4556 saves it to a file in binary format.
4557 Example:
4558 @example
4559 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4560 @end example
4561 @end deffn
4562
4563 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4564 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4565 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4566 command:
4567
4568 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4569 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4570 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4571 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4572
4573 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4574 Example:
4575 @example
4576 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4577 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4578 @end example
4579 @end deffn
4580
4581 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4582 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4583 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4584 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4585 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4586 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4587 912 bytes.
4588 @quotation Attention
4589 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4590 @end quotation
4591 Example:
4592 @example
4593 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4594 @end example
4595 @end deffn
4596
4597 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4598 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4599 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4600 after the next power cycle.
4601 @quotation Attention
4602 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4603 @end quotation
4604 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4605 Example:
4606 @example
4607 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4608 flash info 0
4609 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4610 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4611 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4612 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4613 @end example
4614 @end deffn
4615
4616 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4617 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4618 effective after the next power cycle.
4619 @quotation Attention
4620 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4621 @end quotation
4622 Examples:
4623 @example
4624 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4625 @end example
4626 @end deffn
4627 @end deffn
4628
4629 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4630 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4631
4632 @example
4633 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4634 @end example
4635 @end deffn
4636
4637 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4638 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4639 and integrate flash memory.
4640
4641 @example
4642 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4643 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4644 @end example
4645
4646 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4647 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4648 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4649 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4650 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4651 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4652 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4653 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4654 @end deffn
4655 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4656 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4657 This will remove any Code Protection.
4658 @end deffn
4659 @end deffn
4660
4661 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4662 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4663 Texas Instruments
4664 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4665 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4666 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4667 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4668 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4669 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4670
4671 @example
4672 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4673 @end example
4674 @end deffn
4675
4676 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4677 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4678 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4679 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4680 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4681 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4682
4683 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4684 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4685 @quotation Warning
4686 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4687 applied to all of them.
4688 @end quotation
4689 @end deffn
4690
4691 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4692 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4693 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4694 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4695 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4696
4697 @example
4698 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4699 @end example
4700
4701 Some stm32x-specific commands
4702 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4703 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4704 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4705 are defined:
4706
4707 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4708 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4709 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4710 @end deffn
4711
4712 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4713 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4714 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4715 @end deffn
4716
4717 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4718 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4719 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4720 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4721 @end deffn
4722
4723 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4724 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4725 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4726 @end deffn
4727 @end deffn
4728
4729 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4730 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4731 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4732 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4733 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4734
4735 @example
4736 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4737 @end example
4738
4739 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4740 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4741 for the specified flash bank.
4742 @end deffn
4743 @end deffn
4744
4745 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4746 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4747 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4748 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4749 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4750
4751 @example
4752 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4753 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4754 @end example
4755
4756 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4757 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4758 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4759
4760 @itemize @bullet
4761 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4762 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4763 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4764 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4765 @end itemize
4766 @end deffn
4767
4768 @end deffn
4769
4770 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4771 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4772 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4773 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4774
4775 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4776
4777 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4778 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4779 @end deffn
4780
4781 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4782 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4783 @end deffn
4784
4785 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4786 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4787 the flash clock.
4788 @end deffn
4789 @end deffn
4790
4791 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
4792 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
4793 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
4794
4795 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
4796
4797 @itemize
4798 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
4799 @end itemize
4800
4801 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
4802 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
4803 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
4804 @example
4805 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4806 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4807 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4808 @end example
4809 @end deffn
4810
4811 @subsection str9xpec driver
4812 @cindex str9xpec
4813
4814 Here is some background info to help
4815 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4816 the str9:
4817 @enumerate
4818 @item
4819 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4820 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4821 @item
4822 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4823 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4824 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4825 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4826 @end enumerate
4827
4828 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4829 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4830 configured for flash bank 0.
4831 @example
4832 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4833 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4834 jtag_reset 0 1
4835 # turn off target polling
4836 poll off
4837 # disable str9 core
4838 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4839 # read option bytes
4840 str9xpec options_read 0
4841 # re-enable str9 core
4842 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4843 poll on
4844 reset halt
4845 @end example
4846 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4847 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4848 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4849 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4850
4851 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4852 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4853 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4854 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4855 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4856
4857 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4858
4859 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4860 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4861 @end deffn
4862
4863 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4864 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4865 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4866 @end deffn
4867
4868 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4869 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4870 erase the device.
4871 @end deffn
4872
4873 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4874 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4875 @end deffn
4876
4877 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4878 Configure str9 boot bank.
4879 @end deffn
4880
4881 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4882 Configure str9 lvd source.
4883 @end deffn
4884
4885 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4886 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4887 @end deffn
4888
4889 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4890 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4891 @end deffn
4892
4893 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4894 Read str9 option bytes.
4895 @end deffn
4896
4897 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4898 Write str9 option bytes.
4899 @end deffn
4900
4901 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4902 unlock str9 device.
4903 @end deffn
4904
4905 @end deffn
4906
4907
4908 @section mFlash
4909
4910 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4911 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4912
4913 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4914 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4915 address @var{base}.
4916 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4917 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4918
4919 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4920
4921 @example
4922 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4923 @end example
4924
4925 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4926
4927 @example
4928 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4929 @end example
4930 @end deffn
4931
4932 @subsection mFlash commands
4933 @cindex mFlash commands
4934
4935 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4936 Configure mflash PLL.
4937 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4938 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4939 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4940 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4941 @end deffn
4942
4943 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4944 Configure bootable option.
4945 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4946 (4kB) for boot.
4947 @end deffn
4948
4949 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4950 Configure storage information.
4951 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4952 written.
4953 @end deffn
4954
4955 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4956 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4957 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4958 @end deffn
4959
4960 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4961 Probe mflash.
4962 @end deffn
4963
4964 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4965 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4966 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4967 @end deffn
4968
4969 @node NAND Flash Commands
4970 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4971 @cindex NAND
4972
4973 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4974 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4975 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4976
4977 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4978 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4979 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4980 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4981 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4982 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4983
4984 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4985 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4986 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4987 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4988 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4989 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4990 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4991 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4992 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4993 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4994
4995 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4996 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4997 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4998 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4999 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5000 every 512 bytes of data.
5001
5002 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5003 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5004 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5005 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5006 ECC mode is used.
5007
5008 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5009 @enumerate
5010 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5011 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5012 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5013 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5014 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5015 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5016 to access that device.
5017 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5018 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5019 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5020 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5021 de-brick a board.
5022 @end enumerate
5023
5024 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5025 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5026 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5027 are only 32 bits wide.
5028 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5029 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5030 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5031 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5032
5033 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5034 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5035 @cindex NAND configuration
5036
5037 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5038 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5039 OpenOCD has initialized.
5040
5041 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5042 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5043 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5044 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5045 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5046 they were a single (larger) device.
5047 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5048 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5049
5050 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5051 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5052 configuration files, not interactively.
5053
5054 @itemize @bullet
5055 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5056 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5057 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5058 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5059 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5060 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5061 commands to the NAND controller.
5062 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5063 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5064 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5065 for more information.
5066 @end itemize
5067 @end deffn
5068
5069 @deffn Command {nand list}
5070 Prints a summary of each device declared
5071 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5072 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5073 @example
5074 > nand list
5075 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5076 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5077 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5078 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5079 >
5080 @end example
5081 @end deffn
5082
5083 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5084 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5085 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5086 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5087 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5088 it with most other NAND commands.
5089 @end deffn
5090
5091 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5092
5093 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5094 @cindex NAND reading
5095 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5096 starting at the specified offset.
5097 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5098
5099 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5100 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5101
5102 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5103 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5104 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5105
5106 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5107 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5108 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5109 method which handled that error correction.
5110
5111 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5112 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5113 @itemize @bullet
5114 @item no oob_* parameter
5115 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5116 @item @code{oob_raw}
5117 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5118 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5119 spare areas associated with each data page.
5120 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5121 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5122 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5123 @item @code{oob_only}
5124 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5125 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5126 spare areas associated with each data page.
5127 @end itemize
5128 @end deffn
5129
5130 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5131 @cindex NAND erasing
5132 @cindex NAND programming
5133 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5134 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5135 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5136 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5137 If those parameters are not specified,
5138 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5139 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5140
5141 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5142 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5143 block marker.
5144 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5145 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5146 @end deffn
5147
5148 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5149 @cindex NAND writing
5150 @cindex NAND programming
5151 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5152 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5153 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5154 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5155
5156 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5157 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5158
5159 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5160 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5161 past the end of the device.
5162 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5163 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5164 if that's being written.)
5165
5166 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5167 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5168 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5169
5170 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5171 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5172 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5173 @itemize @bullet
5174 @item no oob_* parameter
5175 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5176 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5177 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5178 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5179 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5180 @item @code{oob_only}
5181 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5182 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5183 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5184 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5185 @item @code{oob_raw}
5186 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5187 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5188 un-altered OOB.
5189 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5190 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5191 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5192 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5193 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5194 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5195 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5196 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5197 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5198 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5199 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5200 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5201 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5202 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5203 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5204 @end itemize
5205 @end deffn
5206
5207 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5208 @cindex NAND verification
5209 @cindex NAND programming
5210 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5211 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5212 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5213
5214 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5215 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5216
5217 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5218 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5219 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5220 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5221 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5222
5223 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5224 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5225 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5226
5227 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5228 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5229 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5230 be removed in a future release.
5231 @end deffn
5232
5233 @section Other NAND commands
5234 @cindex NAND other commands
5235
5236 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5237 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5238 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5239 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5240 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5241 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5242 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5243 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5244
5245 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5246 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5247 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5248 @end deffn
5249
5250 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5251 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5252 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5253 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5254 status for each block.
5255 @end deffn
5256
5257 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5258 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5259 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5260
5261 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5262 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5263 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5264 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5265 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5266
5267 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5268 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5269 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5270 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5271 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5272 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5273 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5274 @end deffn
5275
5276 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5277 @section NAND Driver List
5278 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5279 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5280 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5281
5282 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5283 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5284 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5285 address of the ECC controller.
5286 @example
5287 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5288 @end example
5289 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5290 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5291 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5292 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5293 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5294 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5295 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5296 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5297 @end deffn
5298 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5299 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5300 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5301 @end deffn
5302
5303 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5304 properly configured for input or output.
5305 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5306 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5307 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5308 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5309 @end deffn
5310 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5311 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5312 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5313 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5314 @end deffn
5315 @end deffn
5316
5317 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5318 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5319 chips from Texas Instruments.
5320 It takes three extra parameters:
5321 address of the NAND chip;
5322 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5323 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5324 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5325 @example
5326 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5327 @end example
5328 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5329 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5330 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5331 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5332 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5333 @end deffn
5334
5335 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5336 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5337 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5338 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5339 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5340 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5341 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5342 @end deffn
5343
5344 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5345 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5346 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5347 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5348 @end deffn
5349 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5350
5351 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5352 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5353 parameter: the address of the controller.
5354 @example
5355 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5356 @end example
5357 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5358 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5359 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5360 change any behavior.
5361 @end deffn
5362
5363 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5364 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5365 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5366 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5367 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5368 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5369 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5370 specialized commands.
5371 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5372 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5373 change any behavior.
5374 @end deffn
5375
5376 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5377 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5378 @cindex PLD
5379 @cindex FPGA
5380
5381 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5382 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5383 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5384 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5385 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5386 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5387 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5388
5389 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5390
5391 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5392 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5393 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5394
5395 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5396 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5397
5398 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5399 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5400 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5401 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5402 behavior.
5403 @end deffn
5404
5405 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5406 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5407 @end deffn
5408
5409 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5410 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5411 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5412 @end deffn
5413
5414 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5415
5416 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5417 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5418 that particular type of PLD.
5419
5420 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5421 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5422 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5423 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5424 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5425
5426 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5427 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5428 for FPGA @var{num}.
5429 @end deffn
5430 @end deffn
5431
5432 @node General Commands
5433 @chapter General Commands
5434 @cindex commands
5435
5436 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5437 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5438 commands are documented elsewhere.
5439
5440 Intent:
5441 @itemize @bullet
5442 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5443 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5444 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5445 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5446
5447 @item @b{From the human}
5448 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5449 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5450
5451 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5452 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5453 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5454
5455 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5456 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5457 port is 5555.
5458 @end itemize
5459
5460
5461 @section Daemon Commands
5462
5463 @deffn {Command} exit
5464 Exits the current telnet session.
5465 @end deffn
5466
5467 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5468 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5469 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5470 Not every command provides helptext.
5471
5472 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5473 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5474 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5475 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5476 @end deffn
5477
5478 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5479 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5480 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5481 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5482 Useful in connection with script files
5483 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5484 @end deffn
5485
5486 @deffn Command shutdown
5487 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5488 @end deffn
5489
5490 @anchor{debug_level}
5491 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5492 @cindex message level
5493 Display debug level.
5494 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5495 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5496 Level 0 is error messages only;
5497 level 1 adds warnings;
5498 level 2 adds informational messages;
5499 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5500 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5501 the command line along with the location of that log
5502 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5503 @xref{Running}.
5504 @end deffn
5505
5506 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
5507 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5508 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5509 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
5510 @example
5511 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5512 @end example
5513 @end deffn
5514
5515 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5516 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5517 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5518 @end deffn
5519
5520 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5521 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5522 @end deffn
5523
5524 @anchor{Target State handling}
5525 @section Target State handling
5526 @cindex reset
5527 @cindex halt
5528 @cindex target initialization
5529
5530 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5531 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5532 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5533 a current target which is used to perform the
5534 various operations. The current target may be changed
5535 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5536 target which should become current.
5537
5538 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5539 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5540 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5541 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5542 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5543
5544 @emph{With no arguments}:
5545 list all available registers for the current target,
5546 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5547 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5548 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5549 are flagged as such.
5550
5551 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5552
5553 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5554 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5555 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5556 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5557 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5558 relevant module will flush such values.
5559
5560 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5561 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5562
5563 @example
5564 > reg
5565 ===== ARM registers
5566 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5567 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5568 (2) r2 (/32)
5569 ...
5570 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5571 >
5572 @end example
5573 @end deffn
5574
5575 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5576 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5577 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5578 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5579 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5580 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5581 (and enter debug mode).
5582 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5583
5584 @quotation Warning
5585 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5586 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5587 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5588 power mode by gating the core clock;
5589 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5590
5591 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5592 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5593 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5594 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5595 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5596 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5597
5598 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5599 work with a JTAG debugger.
5600 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5601 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5602 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5603 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5604 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5605 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5606 @end quotation
5607
5608 @end deffn
5609
5610 @deffn Command resume [address]
5611 Resume the target at its current code position,
5612 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5613 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5614 @end deffn
5615
5616 @deffn Command step [address]
5617 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5618 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5619 @end deffn
5620
5621 @anchor{Reset Command}
5622 @deffn Command reset
5623 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5624 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5625 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5626 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5627 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5628 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5629
5630 The optional parameter specifies what should
5631 happen after the reset.
5632 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5633 The other options will not work on all systems.
5634 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5635
5636 @itemize @minus
5637 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5638 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5639 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5640 @end itemize
5641 @end deffn
5642
5643 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5644 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5645 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5646 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5647 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5648 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5649 state.
5650 @end deffn
5651
5652 @section I/O Utilities
5653
5654 These commands are available when
5655 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5656 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5657 notably the ZY1000.
5658 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5659
5660 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5661
5662 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5663 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5664 the text file @file{filename}.
5665 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5666 The last string is followed by a newline.
5667 @end deffn
5668
5669 @deffn Command cat filename
5670 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5671 @end deffn
5672
5673 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5674 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5675 into @file{dest_filename}.
5676 @end deffn
5677
5678 @deffn Command ip
5679 @emph{No description provided.}
5680 @end deffn
5681
5682 @deffn Command ls
5683 @emph{No description provided.}
5684 @end deffn
5685
5686 @deffn Command mac
5687 @emph{No description provided.}
5688 @end deffn
5689
5690 @deffn Command meminfo
5691 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5692 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5693 @end deffn
5694
5695 @deffn Command peek
5696 @emph{No description provided.}
5697 @end deffn
5698
5699 @deffn Command poke
5700 @emph{No description provided.}
5701 @end deffn
5702
5703 @deffn Command rm filename
5704 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5705 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5706 @end deffn
5707
5708 @deffn Command trunc filename
5709 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5710 @end deffn
5711
5712 @anchor{Memory access}
5713 @section Memory access commands
5714 @cindex memory access
5715
5716 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5717 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5718 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5719 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5720
5721 @enumerate
5722 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5723 to change the current target.
5724 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5725 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5726 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5727 @end enumerate
5728
5729 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5730 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5731 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5732 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5733 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5734 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5735 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5736 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5737 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5738 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5739 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5740 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5741 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5742 @end deffn
5743
5744 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5745 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5746 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5747 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5748 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5749 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5750 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5751 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5752 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5753 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5754 @end deffn
5755
5756
5757 @anchor{Image access}
5758 @section Image loading commands
5759 @cindex image loading
5760 @cindex image dumping
5761
5762 @anchor{dump_image}
5763 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5764 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5765 binary file named @var{filename}.
5766 @end deffn
5767
5768 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5769 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5770 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5771 @end deffn
5772
5773 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5774 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5775 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5776 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5777 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5778 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5779 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5780 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5781 separately.
5782 @end deffn
5783
5784 @anchor{load_image}
5785 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
5786 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
5787 The file format may optionally be specified
5788 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf}).
5789 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
5790 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
5791 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
5792 @example
5793 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
5794 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
5795 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
5796 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
5797 @}
5798 @end example
5799 @end deffn
5800
5801 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5802 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5803 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5804 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5805 The file format may optionally be specified
5806 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5807 @end deffn
5808
5809 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5810 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5811 The file format may optionally be specified
5812 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5813 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5814 @end deffn
5815
5816
5817 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5818 @cindex breakpoint
5819 @cindex watchpoint
5820
5821 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5822 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5823 watchpoints.
5824 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5825
5826 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5827 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5828 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5829 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5830 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5831 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5832
5833 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5834 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5835 @end deffn
5836
5837 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5838 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5839 @end deffn
5840
5841 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5842 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5843 @end deffn
5844
5845 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5846 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5847 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5848 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5849 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5850 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5851 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5852 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5853 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5854 @end deffn
5855
5856 @section Misc Commands
5857
5858 @cindex profiling
5859 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5860 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5861 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5862 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5863 @end deffn
5864
5865 @deffn Command {version}
5866 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5867 @end deffn
5868
5869 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5870 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5871 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5872 @end deffn
5873
5874 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5875 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5876 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5877 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5878
5879 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5880 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5881 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5882 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5883
5884 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5885 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5886 @cindex tracing
5887 @cindex ETM
5888 @cindex ETB
5889
5890 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5891 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5892 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5893
5894 @itemize
5895 @item
5896 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5897 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5898 supports such an interface.
5899 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5900 and trace port support.)
5901 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5902 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5903 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5904 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5905 in the board-specific configuration file.
5906 @item
5907 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5908 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5909 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5910 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5911 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5912 @end itemize
5913
5914 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5915
5916 @quotation Issues
5917 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5918 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5919
5920 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5921 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5922 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5923 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5924 dummy trace port driver}.
5925
5926 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5927 as well as tracing only during specific states
5928 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5929
5930 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5931 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5932 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5933 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5934 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5935
5936 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5937 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5938 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5939 this original style of JTAG access.
5940 @end quotation
5941
5942 @subsection ETM Configuration
5943 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5944
5945 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5946 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5947 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5948
5949 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5950 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5951 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5952 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5953 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5954 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5955 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5956 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5957 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5958
5959 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5960 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5961 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5962
5963 @quotation Warning
5964 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5965 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5966 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5967 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5968 @end quotation
5969
5970 @quotation Note
5971 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5972 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5973 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5974 what CPU activities are traced.
5975 @end quotation
5976 @end deffn
5977
5978 @deffn Command {etm info}
5979 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5980 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5981 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5982 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5983 @end deffn
5984
5985 @deffn Command {etm status}
5986 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5987 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5988 Did trace data overflow?
5989 Was it triggered?
5990 @end deffn
5991
5992 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5993 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5994 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5995 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5996 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5997
5998 @itemize
5999 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6000 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6001 The value is one of
6002 @option{none} (save nothing),
6003 @option{data} (save data),
6004 @option{address} (save addresses),
6005 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6006 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6007 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6008 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6009 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6010 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6011 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6012 trace stream without an image of the code.
6013 @end itemize
6014 @end deffn
6015
6016 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6017 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6018 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6019 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6020 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6021
6022 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6023 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6024 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6025 @end deffn
6026
6027 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6028
6029 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6030 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6031 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6032
6033 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6034 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6035 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6036 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6037 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6038 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6039 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6040
6041 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6042
6043 @itemize
6044 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6045 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6046 for instruction access within that function's body.
6047 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6048 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6049 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6050 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6051 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6052 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6053 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6054 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6055 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6056 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6057 @item @emph{... more}
6058 @end itemize
6059
6060 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6061 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6062
6063 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6064 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6065 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6066 @end deffn
6067
6068 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6069 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6070 @end deffn
6071
6072 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6073 Opens an image file.
6074 @end deffn
6075
6076 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6077 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6078 @end deffn
6079
6080 @deffn Command {etm start}
6081 Starts trace data collection.
6082 @end deffn
6083
6084 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6085 Stops trace data collection.
6086 @end deffn
6087
6088 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6089 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6090
6091 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6092
6093 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6094 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6095 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6096 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6097 any trace data collection.}
6098 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6099 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6100 @end deffn
6101 @end deffn
6102
6103 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6104 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6105 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6106 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6107 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6108 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6109 @end deffn
6110 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6111 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6112 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6113 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6114 trace trigger becomes active.
6115
6116 @itemize
6117 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6118 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6119 afterwards.
6120 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6121 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6122 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6123 what caused that event to happen.
6124 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6125 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6126 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6127 how the event caused trouble.
6128 @end itemize
6129 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6130 @end deffn
6131
6132 @end deffn
6133
6134 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6135 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6136 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6137 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6138 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6139
6140 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6141 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6142
6143 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6144 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6145 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6146 @end deffn
6147
6148 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6149 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6150 @end deffn
6151
6152 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6153 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6154 @end deffn
6155 @end deffn
6156
6157
6158 @section Generic ARM
6159 @cindex ARM
6160
6161 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6162 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6163 commands that may be available.
6164
6165 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6166 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6167 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6168 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6169 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6170 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6171 @end deffn
6172
6173 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6174 @cindex disassemble
6175 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6176 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6177 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6178 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6179 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6180 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6181 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6182
6183 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6184 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6185 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6186 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6187 with a handful of exceptions.
6188 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6189 @end deffn
6190
6191 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6192 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6193 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6194 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6195 and using the MCR instruction.
6196 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6197 an ARM register.)
6198 @end deffn
6199
6200 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6201 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6202 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6203 and the MRC instruction.
6204 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6205 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6206 an ARM register.)
6207 @end deffn
6208
6209 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6210 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6211 core mode if necessary.
6212 @end deffn
6213
6214 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6215 @cindex ARM semihosting
6216 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6217
6218 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6219 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6220 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6221 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6222 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6223 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6224 @end deffn
6225
6226 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6227 @cindex ARMv4
6228 @cindex ARMv5
6229
6230 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6231 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6232 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6233 variant.
6234
6235 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6236 @cindex ARM7
6237 @cindex ARM9
6238
6239 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6240 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6241 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6242 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6243
6244 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6245 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6246 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6247 instead of breakpoints.
6248 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6249
6250 This should be
6251 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6252 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6253 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6254 @end deffn
6255
6256 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6257 @cindex DCC
6258 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6259 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6260 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6261
6262 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6263 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6264 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6265 @end deffn
6266
6267 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6268 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6269 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6270 that don't check completion of the operation.
6271 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6272
6273 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6274 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6275 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6276 @end deffn
6277
6278 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6279 @cindex ARM720T
6280
6281 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6282 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6283 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6284 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6285
6286 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6287 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6288 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6289
6290 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6291 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6292 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6293 @end deffn
6294
6295 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6296 @cindex ARM9
6297
6298 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6299 integer processors.
6300 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6301
6302 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6303 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6304 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6305 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6306
6307 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6308 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6309 @cindex vector_catch
6310 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6311 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6312 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6313 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6314 to those hardware vectors.
6315
6316 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6317 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6318 vector catch hardware to intercept
6319 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6320 @option{none} of them,
6321 or a list with one or more of the following:
6322 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6323 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6324 @end deffn
6325
6326 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6327 @cindex ARM920T
6328
6329 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6330 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6331 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6332 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6333 and ARM9 commands.
6334
6335 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6336 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6337 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6338 @end deffn
6339
6340 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6341 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6342 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6343 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6344 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6345 (Not all registers can be written.)
6346 @end deffn
6347
6348 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6349 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6350 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6351
6352 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6353 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6354 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6355 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6356 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6357 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6358 @end deffn
6359
6360 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6361 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6362 @end deffn
6363
6364 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6365 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6366 @end deffn
6367
6368 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6369 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6370
6371 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6372 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6373 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6374 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6375 and ARM9 commands.
6376
6377 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6378 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6379
6380 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6381 Print information about the caches found.
6382 @end deffn
6383
6384 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6385 @cindex ARM966E
6386
6387 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6388 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6389 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6390 and ARM9 commands.
6391
6392 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6393 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6394 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6395 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6396 ARM966E-S TRM.
6397 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6398 as required for BIST support.
6399 @end deffn
6400
6401 @subsection XScale specific commands
6402 @cindex XScale
6403
6404 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6405
6406 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6407 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6408 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6409 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6410 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6411 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6412 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6413
6414 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6415 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6416 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6417 the mini-IC.
6418
6419 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6420 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6421 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6422 code layout in memory:
6423 @example
6424 _vectors:
6425 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6426 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6427 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6428 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6429 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6430 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6431 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6432 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6433 .org 0x100
6434 .long real_reset_vector
6435 .long real_ui_handler
6436 .long real_swi_handler
6437 .long real_pf_abort
6438 .long real_data_abort
6439 .long 0 /* unused */
6440 .long real_irq_handler
6441 .long real_fiq_handler
6442 @end example
6443
6444 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6445 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6446 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6447 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6448 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6449 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6450 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6451 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6452 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6453 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6454 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6455 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6456 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6457 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6458 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6459 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6460 software.
6461
6462 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6463 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6464 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6465 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6466
6467 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6468 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6469 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6470 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6471 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6472 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6473 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6474 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6475 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6476
6477 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6478 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6479
6480 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6481 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6482 @end deffn
6483
6484 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6485 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6486 @end deffn
6487
6488 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6489 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6490 @end deffn
6491
6492 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6493 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6494 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6495 @end deffn
6496
6497 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6498 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6499 @end deffn
6500
6501 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6502 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6503 @end deffn
6504
6505 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6506 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6507 @end deffn
6508
6509 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6510 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6511 @end deffn
6512
6513 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6514 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6515 @end deffn
6516
6517 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6518 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6519 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6520 and modifying how it is emptied.
6521 @end deffn
6522
6523 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6524 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6525 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6526 The image @var{type} may be one of
6527 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6528 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6529 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6530 @end deffn
6531
6532 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6533 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6534 @cindex vector_catch
6535 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6536 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6537
6538 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6539 @example
6540 0x01 Trap Reset
6541 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6542 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6543 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6544 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6545 0x20 reserved
6546 0x40 Trap IRQ
6547 0x80 Trap FIQ
6548 @end example
6549 @end deffn
6550
6551 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6552 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6553 @cindex vector_table
6554
6555 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6556 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6557 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6558 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6559 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6560
6561 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6562
6563 @end deffn
6564
6565 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6566 @cindex ARMv6
6567
6568 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6569 @cindex ARM11
6570
6571 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6572 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6573 which is enabled by default.
6574 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6575 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6576 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6577 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6578 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6579 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6580 @end deffn
6581
6582 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6583 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6584 which is enabled by default.
6585 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6586 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6587 @end deffn
6588
6589 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6590 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6591 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6592 they are disabled by default.
6593 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6594 @end deffn
6595
6596 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6597 @cindex vector_catch
6598 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6599 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6600 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6601
6602 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6603 for certain hardware events.
6604 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6605 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6606 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6607 @end deffn
6608
6609 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6610 @cindex ARMv7
6611
6612 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6613 @cindex Debug Access Port
6614 @cindex DAP
6615 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6616 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6617 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6618
6619 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6620 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6621 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6622 @end deffn
6623
6624 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6625 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6626 @end deffn
6627
6628 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6629 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6630 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6631 @end deffn
6632
6633 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6634 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6635 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6636 @end deffn
6637
6638 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6639 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6640 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6641 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6642 @end deffn
6643
6644 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6645 @cindex Cortex-M3
6646
6647 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6648 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6649 @end deffn
6650
6651 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6652 @cindex vector_catch
6653 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6654 for certain hardware events.
6655
6656 Parameters request interception of
6657 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6658 @option{none} of them,
6659 or one or more of the following:
6660 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6661 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6662 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6663 @option{irq_err},
6664 @option{state_err},
6665 @option{chk_err}, or
6666 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6667 @option{reset}.
6668 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6669 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6670 are mapped to HardFault.
6671 UsageFault checks for
6672 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6673 must also be explicitly enabled.
6674
6675 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6676 @end deffn
6677
6678 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6679 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6680 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6681 @itemize @minus
6682 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6683 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6684 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6685 @end itemize
6686 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6687 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6688 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6689 the peripherals.
6690 @xref{Target Events}.
6691 @end deffn
6692
6693 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6694 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6695 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6696 @cindex tracing
6697 @cindex libdcc
6698 @cindex DCC
6699 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6700 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6701 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6702 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6703
6704 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6705 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6706 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6707 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6708 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6709 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6710
6711 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6712 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6713 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6714 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6715 The target being debugged may
6716 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6717 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6718 each supported by a command:
6719
6720 @itemize
6721 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6722 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6723 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6724 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6725
6726 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6727 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6728 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6729
6730 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6731 and then displayed at any time.
6732 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6733
6734 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6735 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6736 @end itemize
6737
6738 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6739 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6740 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6741 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6742 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6743 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6744 does the same thing.
6745
6746 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6747 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6748 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6749 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6750 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6751
6752 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6753 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6754 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6755 @end deffn
6756
6757 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6758 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6759 in the order they triggered.
6760 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6761 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6762 history records.
6763 @end deffn
6764
6765 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6766 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6767 they have been triggered.
6768 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6769 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6770 and associates it with that identifier.
6771
6772 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6773 are not related except by this command.
6774 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6775 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6776 @end deffn
6777
6778
6779 @node JTAG Commands
6780 @chapter JTAG Commands
6781 @cindex JTAG Commands
6782 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6783 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6784 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6785 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6786 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6787
6788 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6789 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6790
6791 @itemize @bullet
6792 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6793 devices such as a CPUs.
6794 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6795 standard state machine (in parallel)
6796 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6797 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6798 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6799 while the reading previous ones.
6800 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6801 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6802 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6803 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6804 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6805 registers.
6806 @end itemize
6807
6808 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6809
6810 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6811 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6812 the order of TAP state transitions.
6813 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6814 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6815 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6816 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
6817 these commands are not available.
6818
6819 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6820 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6821 that specify the entire register.
6822 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6823 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6824 The return value holds the original value of each
6825 of those fields.
6826
6827 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6828 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6829 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6830 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6831 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6832
6833 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6834 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6835
6836 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6837 in that state.
6838 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6839 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6840 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6841
6842 @quotation Warning
6843 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6844 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6845 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6846 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6847 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6848 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6849 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6850 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6851 @end quotation
6852 @end deffn
6853
6854 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6855 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6856 This may be used for performance tuning.
6857
6858 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6859 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6860 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6861 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6862 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6863 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6864 @end deffn
6865
6866 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6867 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6868 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6869 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6870 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6871 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6872
6873 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6874 in that state.
6875 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6876 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6877 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6878
6879 @quotation Note
6880 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6881 register values, unlike data register values.
6882 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6883 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6884 @end quotation
6885 @end deffn
6886
6887 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6888 Set values of reset signals.
6889 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6890 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6891 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6892 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6893 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6894 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6895 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6896
6897 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6898 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6899 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6900 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6901 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6902 instead of the TRST signal.
6903 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6904 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6905 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6906 with handlers for that event.
6907 @end deffn
6908
6909 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6910 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6911 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6912 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6913 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6914 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6915 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6916 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6917 The final state must also be stable.
6918 @end deffn
6919
6920 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6921 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6922 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6923 Instructions often need some time
6924 to execute before they take effect.
6925 @end deffn
6926
6927 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6928 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6929
6930 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6931 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6932 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6933 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6934 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6935 @end deffn
6936
6937 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6938 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6939 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6940 must also be enabled.
6941 Default is enabled.
6942 @end deffn
6943
6944 @section TAP state names
6945 @cindex TAP state names
6946
6947 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6948 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6949 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6950 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6951
6952 @itemize @bullet
6953 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6954 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6955 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6956 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6957 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6958 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6959 through the data register
6960 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6961 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6962 for update or more shifting
6963 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6964 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6965 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6966 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6967 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6968 through the instruction register
6969 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6970 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6971 for update or more shifting
6972 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6973 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6974 @end itemize
6975
6976 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6977 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6978 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6979 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6980
6981 @itemize @bullet
6982 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6983 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6984 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6985 may not be as expected.
6986 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6987 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6988 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6989 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6990 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6991 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6992 @end itemize
6993
6994 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6995 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6996
6997 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6998 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6999 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7000 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7001
7002 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7003 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7004 @cindex SVF
7005
7006 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7007 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7008 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7009 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7010
7011 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7012 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7013 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7014 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7015 each command is logged before it is executed.
7016 @end deffn
7017
7018 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7019 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7020 @cindex XSVF
7021
7022 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7023 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7024 Xilinx devices.
7025 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7026 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7027
7028 @quotation Important
7029 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7030 @end quotation
7031
7032 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7033 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7034 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7035 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7036 that TAP.
7037 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7038 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7039 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7040 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7041 @end deffn
7042
7043 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7044 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7045 after building the software.
7046 You may find them useful:
7047
7048 @itemize
7049 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7050 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7051 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7052 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7053 @end itemize
7054
7055 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7056 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7057 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7058 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7059 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7060 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7061 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7062
7063
7064 @node TFTP
7065 @chapter TFTP
7066 @cindex TFTP
7067 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7068 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7069
7070 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7071 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7072 server (tftpd). For example,
7073
7074 @example
7075 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7076 @end example
7077
7078 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7079 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7080
7081 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7082 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7083 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7084 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7085
7086 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7087 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7088 @cindex GDB
7089 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7090 to debug remote targets.
7091 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7092
7093 @itemize
7094 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7095 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7096 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7097 as shown in this chapter.
7098 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7099 that also will probably need to be configured.
7100 @end itemize
7101
7102 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7103 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7104 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7105 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7106 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7107 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7108
7109 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7110 @section Connecting to GDB
7111 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7112 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7113 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7114 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7115 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7116
7117 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7118
7119 @enumerate
7120 @item
7121 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7122 @example
7123 target remote localhost:3333
7124 @end example
7125 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7126 @item
7127 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7128 @example
7129 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7130 @end example
7131 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7132 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7133 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7134 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7135 @end enumerate
7136
7137 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7138 GDB command line.
7139
7140 @section Sample GDB session startup
7141
7142 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7143 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7144 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7145 small ARM program.
7146 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7147 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7148
7149 @example
7150 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7151 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7152 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7153 ...
7154 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7155 ...
7156 (gdb) load
7157 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7158 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7159 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7160 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7161 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7162 (gdb) continue
7163 Continuing.
7164 ...
7165 @end example
7166
7167 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7168 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7169 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7170 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7171
7172 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7173
7174 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7175 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7176 packet size and the device's memory map.
7177 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7178 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7179 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7180
7181 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7182 You may need to set those up by hand.
7183 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7184 something like:
7185
7186 @example
7187 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7188 @end example
7189
7190 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7191
7192 @example
7193 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7194 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7195 @end example
7196
7197 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7198 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7199 do not have such restrictions.
7200
7201 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7202 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7203 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7204
7205 @example
7206 define hook-step
7207 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7208 end
7209 define hookpost-step
7210 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7211 end
7212 @end example
7213
7214 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7215 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7216 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7217 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7218
7219 @section Programming using GDB
7220 @cindex Programming using GDB
7221
7222 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7223 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7224 @example
7225 gdb_memory_map disable
7226 @end example
7227 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7228 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7229 working area.
7230
7231 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7232 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7233 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7234 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7235
7236 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7237 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7238
7239 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7240 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7241 @example
7242 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7243 @end example
7244
7245 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7246 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7247
7248 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7249 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7250 will be used.
7251
7252 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7253 script can be executed:
7254 @example
7255 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7256 @end example
7257
7258 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7259 can be used.
7260
7261 @node Tcl Scripting API
7262 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7263 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7264 @cindex Tcl scripts
7265 @section API rules
7266
7267 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7268 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7269 information as an argument to each proc.
7270
7271 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7272 pair list and lists.
7273
7274 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7275 list.
7276
7277 @verbatim
7278
7279 > set foo(me) Duane
7280 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7281 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7282 > set foo(duck) Donald
7283
7284 If one does this:
7285
7286 > set foo
7287
7288 The result is:
7289
7290 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7291
7292 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7293
7294 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7295 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7296 }
7297 @end verbatim
7298
7299 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7300 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7301
7302 @section Internal low-level Commands
7303
7304 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7305
7306 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7307 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7308 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7309
7310 @itemize @bullet
7311 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7312
7313 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7314 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7315
7316 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7317 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7318
7319 Return information about the flash banks
7320 @end itemize
7321
7322 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7323 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7324 called "flash_banks".
7325
7326 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7327
7328 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7329 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7330 holds one of the following values:
7331
7332 @itemize @bullet
7333 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7334 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7335 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7336 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7337 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7338 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7339 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7340 @end itemize
7341
7342 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7343
7344 @quotation Note
7345 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7346 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7347 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7348 is jim, not real tcl).
7349 @end quotation
7350
7351 @node FAQ
7352 @chapter FAQ
7353 @cindex faq
7354 @enumerate
7355 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7356 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7357 @cindex RTCK
7358 @cindex adaptive clocking
7359 @*
7360
7361 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7362 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7363 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7364 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7365
7366 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7367 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7368 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7369 @enumerate
7370 @item
7371 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7372 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7373 @item
7374 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7375 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7376 @end enumerate
7377
7378 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7379 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7380 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7381 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7382 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7383 power).
7384
7385 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7386 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7387 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7388 ARM926 scenario).
7389 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7390 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7391 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7392
7393 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7394 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7395 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7396 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7397
7398 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7399
7400 In order to make use of this,
7401 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7402 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7403
7404 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7405 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7406 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7407 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7408 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7409
7410 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7411 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7412 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7413 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7414
7415 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7416 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7417 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7418 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7419 with a CPLD.
7420 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7421 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7422 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7423 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7424 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7425 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7426
7427 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7428
7429 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7430
7431 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7432 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7433 depending on the chips on your board.
7434 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7435 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7436 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7437
7438 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7439 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7440 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7441
7442 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7443 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7444 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7445 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7446
7447 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7448 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7449 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7450 this way.
7451
7452 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7453 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7454 clock rate.
7455 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7456 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7457 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7458
7459 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7460
7461 @example
7462 # Example: 1.234MHz
7463 adapter_khz 1234
7464 @end example
7465
7466
7467 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7468
7469 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7470 around Windows filenames.
7471
7472 @example
7473 > echo \a
7474
7475 > echo @{\a@}
7476 \a
7477 > echo "\a"
7478
7479 >
7480 @end example
7481
7482
7483 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7484
7485 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7486 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7487 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7488
7489 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7490 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7491 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7492
7493 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7494 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7495 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7496
7497 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7498
7499 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7500 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7501 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7502 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7503
7504 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7505 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7506 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7507
7508 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7509 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7510
7511 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7512 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7513 memory read caused data abort".
7514
7515 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7516 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7517 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7518 be done, feel free to add this here.
7519
7520 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7521 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7522 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7523 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7524 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7525 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7526 gracefully stops.
7527
7528 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7529 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7530 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7531
7532 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7533 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7534 bytes. Painful...
7535
7536
7537 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7538 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7539
7540 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7541 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7542 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7543 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7544 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7545 reset, everything else should work fine.
7546
7547 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7548 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7549 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7550 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7551
7552 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7553 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7554 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7555 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7556
7557 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7558
7559 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7560 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7561 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7562 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7563
7564 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7565 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7566 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7567 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7568
7569 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7570 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7571 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7572
7573 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7574 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7575
7576 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7577 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7578 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7579 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7580 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7581 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7582 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7583 clock frequency?
7584
7585 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7586 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7587 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7588 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7589 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7590
7591 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7592
7593 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7594 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7595 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7596 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7597 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7598 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7599 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7600
7601 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7602
7603 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7604 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7605 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7606 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7607
7608 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7609 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7610 particular order?
7611
7612 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7613 the same order used by the hardware.
7614
7615 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7616 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7617 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7618 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7619 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7620 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7621
7622 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7623 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7624 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7625 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7626
7627 @itemize @bullet
7628 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7629 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7630 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7631 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7632 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7633 @end itemize
7634
7635 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7636
7637 @itemize @bullet
7638 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7639 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7640 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7641 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7642 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7643 @end itemize
7644
7645
7646 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7647 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7648 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7649
7650 TODO.
7651
7652 @end enumerate
7653
7654 @node Tcl Crash Course
7655 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7656 @cindex Tcl
7657
7658 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7659 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7660 how the Tcl scripts work.
7661
7662 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7663 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
7664 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7665 OpenOCD.
7666
7667 @section Tcl Rule #1
7668 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7669 @enumerate
7670 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7671 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7672 @end enumerate
7673
7674 The Tcl equal is this:
7675
7676 @enumerate
7677 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7678 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7679 @end enumerate
7680
7681 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7682 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7683
7684 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7685 There is a second pair of rules.
7686 @enumerate
7687 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7688 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7689 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7690 in Tcl.
7691 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7692 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7693 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7694 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7695 @end enumerate
7696
7697 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7698 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7699 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7700 Everything is a string}
7701
7702 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7703 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7704 difference is subtle.
7705 @enumerate
7706 @item Parse Time
7707 @item Evaluation Time
7708 @end enumerate
7709
7710 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7711 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7712 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7713
7714 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7715 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7716 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7717 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7718
7719 @itemize @bullet
7720 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7721 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7722 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7723 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7724 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7725 @example
7726 # bash example
7727 X=`date`
7728 echo "The Date is: $X"
7729 # Tcl example
7730 set X [date]
7731 puts "The Date is: $X"
7732 @end example
7733 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7734 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7735 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7736 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7737 is a string}
7738 @example
7739 set x "Dinner"
7740 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7741 @end example
7742 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7743 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7744 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7745 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7746 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7747 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7748 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7749 @end itemize
7750
7751 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7752
7753 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7754
7755 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7756
7757 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7758 the normal way.
7759
7760 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7761 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7762 line is immedatly executed.
7763
7764 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7765 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7766
7767 @subsection Command Execution
7768
7769 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7770 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7771 control flow operators.
7772
7773 Commands are executed like this:
7774
7775 @enumerate
7776 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7777 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7778 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7779 @end enumerate
7780
7781 It sort of works like this:
7782 @example
7783 for(;;)@{
7784 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7785
7786 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7787
7788 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7789 @}
7790 @end example
7791
7792 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7793 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7794 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7795 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7796 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7797 ``LookupCommand()''
7798
7799 @subsection The FOR command
7800
7801 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7802 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7803 command just like any other command.
7804
7805 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7806 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7807 are:
7808
7809 @enumerate 0
7810 @item The ascii text 'for'
7811 @item The start text
7812 @item The test expression
7813 @item The next text
7814 @item The body text
7815 @end enumerate
7816
7817 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7818 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7819 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7820 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7821
7822 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7823 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7824
7825 @example
7826 int
7827 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7828 int *argc,
7829 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7830 @end example
7831
7832 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7833 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7834 still operates in the same basic way.
7835
7836 @subsection FOR command implementation
7837
7838 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7839 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7840
7841 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7842
7843 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7844
7845 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7846 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7847 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7848
7849 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7850 expression and returns a value.
7851
7852 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7853 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7854 @example
7855 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7856
7857 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7858
7859 int
7860 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7861 int argc,
7862 char **argv )
7863 @{
7864 if( argc != 5 )@{
7865 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7866 return ERROR;
7867 @}
7868
7869 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7870
7871 // Execute the start statement.
7872 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7873
7874 // Top of loop test
7875 for(;;)@{
7876 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7877 if( i == 0 )
7878 break;
7879
7880 // Execute the body
7881 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7882
7883 // Execute the LOOP part
7884 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7885 @}
7886
7887 // Return no error
7888 SetResult( interp, "" );
7889 return SUCCESS;
7890 @}
7891 @end example
7892
7893 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7894 in the same basic way.
7895
7896 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7897
7898 @subsection source and find commands
7899 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7900 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7901 @*Remember the parsing rules
7902 @enumerate
7903 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
7904 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
7905 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
7906 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
7907 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
7908 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
7909 That character begins Tcl comments.)
7910 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
7911 it reads a file and executes as a script.
7912 @end enumerate
7913 @subsection format command
7914 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7915 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7916 @b{sprintf()}.
7917 @b{Example}
7918 @example
7919 set x 6
7920 set y 7
7921 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7922 @end example
7923 @enumerate
7924 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7925 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7926 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7927 @* Refer to Rule #1
7928 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7929 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7930 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7931 @end enumerate
7932 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7933 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7934 @example
7935 #1 Good
7936 proc someproc @{@} @{
7937 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7938 @}
7939 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7940 #2 Good - no variables
7941 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7942 #3 Good Curly Braces
7943 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7944 puts "Time: [date]"
7945 @}
7946 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7947 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7948 @end example
7949 @enumerate
7950 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7951 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7952 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7953 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7954 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7955 command.
7956 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7957 @*There are 4 examples:
7958 @enumerate
7959 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7960 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7961 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7962 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7963 @end enumerate
7964
7965 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7966 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7967 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7968
7969 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7970 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7971 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7972 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7973 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7974 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7975 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7976 @end enumerate
7977 @subsection Global Variables
7978 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7979 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7980 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7981 @example
7982 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7983 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7984 global x #Global variable X
7985 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7986 @}
7987 @end example
7988 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7989 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7990 @example
7991 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7992 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7993 # Create var name
7994 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7995 # Make it a global
7996 global $vn
7997 # Set it.
7998 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7999 @}
8000 @end example
8001 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8002 @example
8003 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8004 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8005 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8006 @}
8007 @end example
8008
8009 @include fdl.texi
8010
8011 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8012 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8013 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8014 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8015 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8016 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8017
8018 @printindex cp
8019
8020 @node Command and Driver Index
8021 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8022 @printindex fn
8023
8024 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)